QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended February 1, 2013January 29, 2016

Commission file number: 001-11421

DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

TENNESSEE
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

 61-0502302
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

100 MISSION RIDGE
GOODLETTSVILLE, TN 37072

(Address of principal executive offices, zip code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:(615) 855-4000

         Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class Name of the exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value $0.875 per share New York Stock Exchange

         Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:None

         Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ý    No o

         Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes o    No ý

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ý    No o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ý    No o

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer ý Accelerated filer o Non-accelerated filer o
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
 Smaller reporting company o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o    No ý

         The aggregate fair market value of the registrant's common stock outstanding and held by non-affiliates as of August 3, 2012July 31, 2015 was $11.46$23.66 billion calculated using the closing market price of our common stock as reported on the NYSE on such date ($51.90)80.37). For this purpose, directors, executive officers and greater than 10% record shareholders are considered the affiliates of the registrant.

         The registrant had 327,091,344286,468,872 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 15, 2013.2016.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

         Certain of the information required in Part III of this Form 10-K is incorporated by reference to the Registrant's definitive proxy statement to be filed for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 29, 2013.25, 2016.

   



INTRODUCTION

General

        This report contains references to years 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008,2011, which represent fiscal years ending or ended February 3, 2017, January 29, 2016, January 30, 2015, January 31, 2014, February 1, 2013, and February 3, 2012, January 28, 2011, January 29, 2010, and January 30, 2009, respectively. Our fiscal year ends on the Friday closest to January 31,31. 2016 will consist and 2011 consisted of 53 weeks, while each of the remaining years listed will be or were 52-week years, with the exception of 2011 which consisted of 53 weeks.years. All of the discussion and analysis in this report should be read with, and is qualified in its entirety by, the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes.

        Solely for convenience, our trademarks and tradenames may appear in this report without the ® or TM symbol which is not intended to indicate that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right to these trademarks and tradenames.

Cautionary Disclosure Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

        We include "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the federal securities laws throughout this report, particularly under the headings "Business," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and "Note 9—8—Commitments and Contingencies," among others. You can identify these statements because they are not limited to historical fact or they use words such as "may," "will," "should," "could," "would," "believe," "anticipate," "project," "plan," "expect," "estimate," "forecast," "goal," "potential," "opportunity," "intend," "predict," "committed," "will likely result," or "will continue" and similar expressions that concern our strategy, plans, intentions or beliefs about future occurrences or results. For example, all statements relating to our estimated and projected expenditures, cash flows, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity; our plans, objectives and expectations for future operations, growth or initiatives; or the expected outcome or effect of legislative or regulatory changes or initiatives, pending or threatened litigation or audits are forward-looking statements.

        All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that may change at any time, so our actual results may differ materially from those that we expected. We derive many of these statements from our operating budgets and forecasts, which are based on many detailed assumptions that we believe are reasonable. However, it is very difficult to predict the effect of known factors, and we cannot anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results.

        Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the expectations expressed in our forward-looking statements are disclosed under "Risk Factors" in Part I, Item 1A and elsewhere in this document (including, without limitation, in conjunction with the forward-looking statements themselves and under the heading "Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates"). All forward-looking statements are qualified in their entirety by these and other cautionary statements that we make from time to time in our other SEC filings and public communications. You should evaluate such statements in the context of these risks and uncertainties. These factors may not contain all of the factors that are important to you. We cannot assure you that we will realize the results or developments we anticipate or, even if substantially realized, that they will result in the consequences or affect us in the way we expect. Forward-looking statements are made only as of the date hereof. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law.



PART I

ITEM 1.    BUSINESS

General

        We are among the largest discount retailerretailers in the United States by number of stores, with 10,55712,575 stores located in 4043 states as of March 1, 2013, primarilyFebruary 26, 2016, with the greatest concentration of stores in the southern, southwestern, midwestern and eastern United States. We offer a broad selection of merchandise, including consumables, seasonal, home products and apparel. Our merchandise includes high quality national brands from leading manufacturers, as well as comparable quality private brand selections with prices at substantial discounts to national brands. We offer our merchandise at everyday low prices (typically $10 or less) through our convenient small-box locations, with selling space averaging approximately 7,300 square feet.locations.

Our History

        J.L. Turner founded our Company in 1939 as J.L. Turner and Son, Wholesale. We were incorporated as a Kentucky corporation under the name J.L. Turner & Son, Inc. in 1955, when we opened our first Dollar General store. We changed our name to Dollar General Corporation in 1968 and reincorporated in 1998 as a Tennessee corporation. Our common stock was publicly traded from 1968 until July 2007, when we merged with an entity controlled by investment funds affiliated with Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P., or KKR. In November 2009 our common stock again became publicly traded.traded, and in December 2013 the entity controlled by investment funds affiliated with KKR sold its remaining shares of our common stock.

Our Business Model

        Our long history of profitable growth is founded on a commitment to a relatively simple business model: providing a broad base of customers with their basic everyday and household needs, supplemented with a variety of general merchandise items, at everyday low prices in conveniently located, small-box stores. We continually evaluate the needs and demands of our customers and modify our merchandise selections and pricing accordingly, while remaining focused on increasing profitability and returns for our shareholders.

        Our operating priorities are summarized as follows: 1) driving profitable sales growth, 2) capturing growth opportunities, 3) enhancing our position as a low-cost operator, and 4) investing in our people as a competitive advantage. For more information on these operating priorities, see Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, under the heading "Executive Overview", included in Part II, Item 7 of this report.

        FiscalIn fiscal year 2012 represented2015, we achieved our 2326rdth consecutive year of same-store sales growth. This growth, regardlesswhich has taken place in a variety of economic conditions, suggests that we have a less cyclical business model than most retailers and, we believe, is a result of our compelling value and convenience proposition.

        Our attractive store economics, including a relatively low initial investment and simple, low cost operating model, have allowed us to grow our store base to current levels, and provide us significant opportunities to continue our profitable store growth strategy.

        Compelling Value and Convenience Proposition.    Our ability to deliver highly competitive prices on national brand and quality private brand products in convenient locations and our easy "in and out" shopping format create a compelling shopping experience that distinguishes us from other discount retailers as well as convenience, drug and drugstoregrocery retailers. Our slogan "Save time. Save money. Every day!" summarizes our appeal to customers. We believe our ability to effectively deliver both value and convenience allows us to succeed in small markets with limited shopping alternatives, as well as to profitably coexist alongside larger retailers in


more competitive markets. Our compelling value and convenience proposition is evidenced by the following attributes of our business model:


        Substantial Growth Opportunities.    We believe we have significantsubstantial long-term growth potential in the U.S. We have identified significant opportunities to add new stores in both existing and new markets. In addition, we have opportunities to relocate or remodel locations within our existing store base to relocate or remodel to better serve our customers. As part of our growth strategy, we are developingOur attractive store economics, including a relatively low initial investment and testing new store formats, with a current focus on providing customers convenient access to more affordable perishable food items. See "Our Growth Strategy" for additional details.

Our Growth Strategy

        We believe that our strategy and execution capabilities will allowsimple, low-cost operating model have allowed us to capitalize on the considerable growth opportunities afforded bygrow our business model. Specifically, we believe we continuestore base to havecurrent levels and provide us significant opportunities to drivecontinue our profitable store growth through increasing same-store sales, expanding our operating profit rate and growing our store base.

        Increasing Same-Store Sales.    We believe our customer-driven merchandise mix and attractive value proposition, combined with our ongoing new store expansion strategy and the impact of our remodeled and relocated stores, provide a strong basis for increased same-store sales. We define "same-stores" as stores that have been open for at least 13 months at the beginning of each monthly accounting period, and we include stores that have been remodeled, expanded or relocated in our same-store sales calculation. Our average net sales per square foot, based on total stores, increased to $216 in 2012 from $213 in 2011 (which included a contribution of approximately $4 from the 53rd week) and $201 in 2010. We believe we have opportunities to increase our store productivity in 2013 through continued improvement in our in-stock positions, improvements in store space utilization, price optimization and additional operating and merchandising initiatives, including the addition of tobacco products and further expansion of our frozen and refrigerated food offerings, value-priced seasonal items, and electronics.

        We remodeled or relocated 592 stores in 2012, and we plan to remodel or relocate approximately 550 stores in 2013. A relocation typically results in an improved, more visible and accessible location, and usually includes increased square footage. A remodel typically involves new fixtures, signage and


other upgrades, resulting in an improved in-store experience for our customers. We believe we will continue to have opportunities for additional remodels and relocations beyond 2013.

        Expanding Operating Profit Rate.    Another key component of our growth strategy is improving our operating profit rate through enhanced gross profit and expense reduction initiatives.

        We remain committed to an everyday low price ("EDLP") strategy that our customers can depend on. To strengthen our adherence to this strategy and still protect gross profit, we utilize various pricing and merchandising options, including zone pricing, markdown optimization strategies and changes to our product selection, such as alternate national brands and the expansion of our private brands, which generally have higher gross profit rates. In addition, we maintain an ongoing focus on reducing transportation and distribution costs as well as minimizing inventory shrinkage and damages. Over the long term, we believe there are additional opportunities to reduce product costs, including further expansion of our private brands, additional shrink reduction, benefits from expansion of foreign sourcing and incremental distribution and transportation efficiencies. We also plan to continue to introduce new non-consumable products. The addition of tobacco products and the further expansion of coolers are expected to modestly pressure our operating profit rate in 2013.

        As part of our ongoing effort to improve our cost structure and enhance efficiencies throughout the organization, in 2012, we simplified many of our store processes and achieved significant incremental benefits from our store workforce management program, implemented in 2011. We expect to achieve further efficiencies in 2013 and to realize additional cost savings from our centralized procurement initiative.

        Growing Our Store Base.    After slowing our growth rate in 2007 and 2008 to focus on significantly improving the sales and profitability of our stores, we accelerated our expansion in 2009 and have grown our retail square footage by approximately 7% annually since that time. In 2012, we made our initial entrance into California and Massachusetts, and in 2011 we entered Connecticut, New Hampshire and Nevada, our first new states since 2006. We have confidence in our real estate disciplines and in our ability to identify, open and operate successful new stores. In 2013, we plan to again increase our square footage by approximately 7% as we further expand in our core markets and newer states and continue to evaluate our long-term opportunities to best serve the needs of customers in new markets and more densely populated metropolitan areas.strategy.

Our Merchandise

        We offer a focused assortment of everyday necessities, which drive frequent customer visits, and key items in a broad range of general merchandise categories. Our product assortment provides the opportunity for our customers to address most of their basic shopping needs with one trip. We sell high quality nationalhigh-quality nationally advertised brands from leading manufacturers such as Procter & Gamble, PepsiCo, Coca-Cola, Nestle, General Mills, Unilever, Kimberly Clark, Kellogg's and Nabisco, which are typically found at higher retail prices elsewhere.manufacturers. Additionally, our private brand consumables offer even greater value with options to purchase value items and national brand equivalent products at substantial discounts to the national brand.

        Our stores generally offer approximately 10,000 total SKUs per store; however, the number of SKUs in a given store can vary based upon the store's size, geographic location, merchandising initiatives, seasonality, and other factors. Most of our products are priced at $10 or less, with approximately 25% at $1 or less. We separate our merchandise into four categories: 1) consumables; 2) seasonal; 3) home products; and 4) apparel.

Consumables is our largest merchandise category and includeshas become a larger percentage of our total sales in recent years as indicated in the table below. Consumables include paper and cleaning products (such as paper towels, bath tissue, paper dinnerware, trash and storage bags, laundry and other home cleaning supplies); packaged food (such as cereals, canned soups and vegetables, condiments, spices, sugar and


flour); perishables (such as milk, eggs, bread, frozen meals, beer and wine); snacks (including(such as candy, cookies, crackers, salty snacks and carbonated beverages); health and beauty (including(such as over-the-counter medicines and personal care products, such as soap, body wash, shampoo, dental hygiene and foot care products); and pet (including(such as pet supplies and pet food).; and tobacco products.

        Seasonal products include decorations, toys, batteries, small electronics, greeting cards, stationery, prepaid phones and accessories, gardening supplies, hardware, automotive and home office supplies.

        Home products includesinclude kitchen supplies, cookware, small appliances, light bulbs, storage containers, frames, candles, craft supplies and kitchen, bed and bath soft goods.


        Apparel includes casual everyday apparel for infants, toddlers, girls, boys, women and men, as well as socks, underwear, disposable diapers, shoes and accessories.

        The percentage of net sales of each of our four categories of merchandise for the fiscal years indicated below was as follows:


 2012 2011 2010  2015 2014 2013 

Consumables

 73.9% 73.2% 71.6% 75.9% 75.7% 75.2%

Seasonal

 13.6% 13.8% 14.5% 12.4% 12.4% 12.9%

Home products

 6.6% 6.8% 7.0% 6.3% 6.4% 6.4%

Apparel

 5.9% 6.2% 6.9% 5.4% 5.5% 5.5%

        Our seasonal and home products categories typically account for the highest gross profit margins, and the consumables category typically accounts for the lowest gross profit margin.

The Dollar General Store

        The typical Dollar General store has, on average, approximately 7,300 square feet of selling space and is typically operated by a store manager, anone or more assistant store managermanagers, and three or more sales clerks. Approximately 63% of ourassociates. Our stores are in freestanding buildings and 37% are in strip shopping centers. Most of our customers live within three to five miles, orgenerally feature a 10 minute drive, of our stores.

        Our traditional store strategy features a low cost,low-cost, no frills building with limited maintenance capital, low operating costs, and a focused merchandise offering within a broad range of categories, allowing us to deliver low retail prices while generating strong cash flows and investment returns. Our initial capital investmentstores average approximately 7,400 square feet of selling space and approximately 70% of our stores are located in new stores varies depending on the lease structuretowns of 20,000 or ownership as well as the size and location of the store. "Plus" stores, our new format with a significantly expanded frozen and refrigerated food section when compared to our traditional stores, have higher initial capital costs and are more costly to operate. Likewise, additional space, equipment, and operating costs, including store labor, are required in our Dollar General Market stores, primarily to handle fresh meats and produce. In 2012, a significant majority of the new stores we opened were traditional stores. We are continuing to test the Plus and Market concepts and look for areas to increase sales productivity and lower our costs to open and operate.

fewer people. We generally have had good success in locating suitable store sites in the past, and we believe that there is ample opportunity for new store growth in existing and new markets. In addition, we believe we have significant opportunities available for our relocation and remodel programs. We remodeled or relocated 592 stores in 2012, 575 in 2011 and 504 in 2010. Our remodels and relocations in 2012 included 82 stores which we converted to Plus stores. At the end of 2012, we operated 10,272 traditional stores, 124 Plus stores, averaging approximately 10,000 square feet of selling space, and 110 Dollar General Market stores, averaging approximately 16,000 square feet of selling space.


        Our recent store growth over the past three years is summarized in the following table:

Year
 Stores at
Beginning
of Year
 Stores
Opened
 Stores
Closed
 Net
Store
Increase
 Stores at
End of Year
 

2010

  8,828  600  56  544  9,372 

2011

  9,372  625  60  565  9,937 

2012

  9,937  625  56  569  10,506 
Year
 Stores at
Beginning
of Year
 Stores
Opened
 Stores
Closed
 Net
Store
Increase
 Stores at
End of Year
 
2013  10,506  650  24  626  11,132 
2014  11,132  700  43  657  11,789 
2015  11,789  730  36  694  12,483 

Our Customers

        Our customers seek value and convenience. Depending on their financial situation and geographic proximity, customers' reliance on Dollar General varies from using Dollar General for fill-in shopping, to making periodic trips to stock up on household items, to making weekly or more frequent trips to meet most essential needs. We generally locate our stores and plan our merchandise selections to best serve the needs of our core customers, the low to lower-middle orand fixed income households often underserved by other retailers.retailers, and we are focused on helping them make the most of their spending dollars. At the same time, however, customersloyal Dollar General shoppers from a wide range of income brackets and life stages appreciate our quality merchandise andas well as our attractive value and convenience proposition and are loyal Dollar General shoppers. In the last year, we have continued to see increases in the annual number of shopping trips that our customers make to our stores as well as the amount spent during each trip.

        To attract new and retain existing customers, we continue to focus on product quality and selection, in-stock levels and pricing, targeted advertising, improved store standards, convenient site locations, and a pleasant overall customer experience.proposition.

Our Suppliers

        We purchase merchandise from a wide variety of suppliers and maintain direct buying relationships with many producers of national brand merchandise, such as Procter & Gamble, PepsiCo, Coca-Cola, Nestle, General Mills, Unilever, Kimberly Clark, Kellogg's, and Nabisco.merchandise. Despite our broad offering, we maintain only a limited number of SKUsitems per category, giving us a pricing advantage in dealing with our suppliers. Approximately 8%Our largest and second largest suppliers each accounted for approximately 7% of our purchases in 2012 were from our largest and second largest suppliers, respectively. 2015.


Our private brands come from a diversified supplier base. We directly imported approximately $765 million or 7%6% of our purchases at cost (11% of our purchases based on their retail value) in 2012. Our vendor arrangements generally provide for payment for such merchandise in U.S. dollars.2015.

        We have consistently managed to obtain sufficient quantities of core merchandise and believe that, if one or more of our current sources of supply became unavailable, we would generally be able to obtain alternative sources without experiencing a substantial disruption of our business. However, such alternative sources could increase our merchandise costs or reduce the quality of our merchandise, and an inability to obtain alternative sources could adversely affect our sales.

Distribution and Transportation

        Our stores are currently supported by eleventhirteen distribution centers located strategically throughout our geographic footprint, including afootprint. We recently broke ground on our fourteenth distribution center in Bessemer, Alabama which began shipping to stores in March 2012 and a leased distribution facility in Lebec, California which began shipping in April 2012. We currently have a distribution center under construction in Pennsylvania which is expected to begin shipping in early 2014.Wisconsin. We lease additional temporary warehouse space as necessary to support our distribution needs. Over the past few years we have made significant investments in facilities, technological improvements and upgrades, and we continue to improve work processes, all of which increase our efficiency and ability to support our merchandising and operations initiatives as well


as our new store growth. We continually analyze and rebalance the network to ensure that it remains efficient and provides the service our stores require. See "—Properties" for additional information pertaining to our distribution centers.

        Most of our merchandise flows through our distribution centers and is delivered to our stores by third-party trucking firms, utilizing our trailers. Our agreements with these trucking firms are based on estimated costs of diesel fuel, with the difference in estimatedIn addition, vendors or third-party distributors ship certain food items and current market fuel costs passed throughother merchandise directly to us. The costs of diesel fuel are significantly influenced by international, political and economic circumstances. Our average cost per gallon of diesel fuel increased slightly in 2012 and more significantly in 2011. If further price increases were to arise for any reason, including fuel supply shortages or unusual price volatility, the resulting higher fuel prices could materially increase our transportation costs.stores.

Seasonality

        Our business is seasonal to a certain extent. Generally, our highest sales volume occurs in the fourth quarter, which includes the Christmas selling season, and the lowest occurs in the first quarter. In addition, our quarterly results can be affected by the timing of certain holidays, the timing of new store openings and store closings, and the amount of sales contributed by new and existing stores, as well as financial transactions such as debt repurchases, common stock offerings and stock repurchases.stores. We typically purchase substantial amounts of inventory in the third quarter and incur higher shipping costs and higher payroll costs in anticipation of the increased sales activity during the fourth quarter. In addition, we carry merchandise during our fourth quarter that we do not carry during the rest of the year, such as gift sets, holiday decorations, certain baking items, and a broader assortment of toys and candy.

        The following table reflects the seasonality of net sales, gross profit, and net income by quarter for each of the quarters of our three most recent fiscal years. The fourth quarter of the year ended February 3, 2012 was comprised ofSee Note 14 weeks, and each of the other quarters reflected below were comprised of 13 weeks.

(in millions)
 1st Quarter 2nd Quarter 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter 

Year Ended February 1, 2013

             

Net sales

 $3,901.2 $3,948.7 $3,964.6 $4,207.6 

Gross profit

  1,228.3  1,263.2  1,226.1  1,367.8 

Net income(a)

  213.4  214.1  207.7  317.4 

Year Ended February 3, 2012

             

Net sales

 $3,451.7 $3,575.2 $3,595.2 $4,185.1 

Gross profit

  1,087.4  1,148.3  1,115.8  1,346.4 

Net income(b)

  157.0  146.0  171.2  292.5 

Year Ended January 28, 2011

             

Net sales

 $3,111.3 $3,214.2 $3,223.4 $3,486.1 

Gross profit

  999.8  1,036.0  1,010.7  1,130.2 

Net income

  136.0  141.2  128.1  222.5 

(a)
Includes expenses, net of income taxes, of $17.7 million related to the redemption of long-term obligations in second quarter of 2012.

(b)
Includes expenses, net of income taxes, of $35.4 million related to the redemption of long-term obligations in second quarter of 2011.

consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Our Competition

        We operate in the basic discount consumer goods market, which is highly competitive with respect to price, store location, merchandise quality, assortment and presentation, in-stock consistency, and customer service. We compete with discount stores and with many other retailers, including mass merchandise, warehouse club, grocery, drug, convenience, variety and other specialty stores. These other retail companies operate stores in many of the areas where we operate, and many of them engage in extensive advertising and marketing efforts. Our direct competitors include Family Dollar, Dollar Tree, Fred's, 99 Cents Only and various local, independent operators, as well as Walmart, Target, Kroger, Aldi, Walgreens, CVS, and Rite Aid, among others. Certain of our competitors have greater financial, distribution, marketing and other resources than we do.

        We differentiate ourselves from other forms of retailing by offering consistently low prices in a convenient, small-store format. We believe that our prices are competitive due in part to our low costlow-cost operating structure and the relatively limited assortment of products offered. Purchasing large volumes of merchandise within our focused assortment in each merchandise category allows us to keep our average costs low, contributing to our ability to offer competitive everyday low prices to our customers. See "—Our Business Model" above for further discussion of our competitive situation.


Our Employees

        As of March 1, 2013,February 26, 2016, we employed approximately 90,500113,400 full-time and part-time employees, including divisional and regional managers, district managers, store managers, other store personnel and distribution center and administrative personnel. We have increasingly focused on recruiting, training, motivating and retaining employees, and we believe that the quality, performance and morale of our employees have increased as a result. We currently are not a party to any collective bargaining agreements.

Our Trademarks

        We own marks that are registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and are protected under applicable intellectual property laws, including without limitation the trademarks Dollar General®, Dollar General Market®, Clover Valley®, DG®, DG Deals®, Forever Pals®, I*Magine®, OT Sport®, Smart & Simple®, trueliving®, Sweet Smiles®, Open Trails®, Bobbie Brooks®, Comfort BaytmBay®, Holiday Style®, Swiggles®, More Deals For Your Dollar. Every Day!®, The Fast Way To Save®, Save Time. Save Money. Every Day!®, and Holiday Style®,Ever PetTM along with variations and formatives of these trademarks as well as certain other trademarks. We attempt to obtain registration of our trademarks whenever practicable and to pursue vigorously any infringement of those marks. Our trademark registrations have various expiration dates; however, assuming that the trademark registrations are properly renewed, they have a perpetual duration.

        We also hold licenses to use various trademarks owned by third parties, including a license to the Fisher Price brand for certain items of children's clothing through December 31, 2013, and an exclusive license to the Rexall brand through March 5, 2020.

Available Information

        Our Web siteInternet website address is www.dollargeneral.com. We file with or furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports, proxy statements and annual reports to shareholders, and, from time to time, registration statements and other documents. These documents are available free of charge to investors on or through the Investor Information portionsection of our Web sitewebsite as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file them with or furnish them to the SEC. In addition, the public may read and copy any of the materials we file with the SEC at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers, such as Dollar General, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that web sitewebsite is http://www.sec.gov.


ITEM 1A.    RISK FACTORS

        You should carefully consider the risks described below and the other information contained in this report and other filings that we make from time to time with the SEC, including our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. These risks are not the only risks we face. Our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity could also be adversely affected by additional factors that apply to all companies generally or by risks not currently known to us or that we currently view to be immaterial. We can provide no assurance and make no representation that our risk mitigation efforts, although we believe they are reasonable, will be successful.

         Current economicEconomic conditions and other economic factors may adversely affect our financial performance and other aspects of our business by negatively impacting our customer'scustomers' disposable income or discretionary spending, increasing our costs of goods sold and selling, general and administrative expenses, and adversely affecting our sales or profitability.

        We believe many of our customers are onhave fixed or low incomes and generally have limited discretionary spending dollars. Any factor that could adversely affect that disposable income would decrease our customer'scustomers' spending and could cause our customers to shift their spending to products other than those sold by us or to products sold by us that areour less profitable than other product choices, all of which could result in lower net sales, decreases in inventory turnover, greater markdowns on inventory, a change in the mix of products we sell, and a reduction in profitability due to lower margins. Factors that could reduce our customers' disposable income and over which we exercise no influence include but are not limited to a further slowdown in the economy, a delayed economic recovery, or otheradverse economic conditions such as increased or sustained high unemployment or underemployment levels, inflation, increases in fuel or other energy costs and interest rates, lack of available credit, consumer debt levels, higher tax rates and other changes in tax laws.laws, concerns over government mandated participation in health insurance programs and increasing healthcare costs, and decreases in government subsidies such as unemployment and food assistance programs.

        Many of the factors identified above that affect disposable income, as well as commodity rates, transportation costs (including the costs of diesel fuel), costs of labor, insurance and healthcare, foreign exchange rate fluctuations, lease costs, measures that create barriers to or increase the costs associated with international trade, changes in other laws and regulations and other economic factors, also affect our cost of goods sold and our selling, general and administrative expenses, and may have other adverse consequences which we are unable to fully anticipate or control, all of which may adversely affect our sales or profitability. We have limited or no ability to control many of these factors. We experienced escalation of product costs in 2011 as a result of increases in the costs of certain commodities (including cotton, sugar, coffee, groundnuts, resin), and increasing diesel fuel costs. These costs generally stabilized in 2012. We will be diligent in our efforts to keep product costs as low as possible in the face of these increases while still working to optimize gross profit and meet the needs of our customers.

        In addition, many of the factors discussed above, along with current global economic conditions and uncertainties, the potential for additional failures or realignments of financial institutions, and the related impact on available credit may affect us and our suppliers and other business partners, landlords and service providers in an adverse manner including, but not limited to, reducing access to liquid funds or credit, increasing the cost of credit, limiting our ability to manage interest rate risk, increasing the risk of bankruptcy of our suppliers, landlords or counterparties to, or other financial institutions involved in, our credit facilities and our derivative and other contracts, increasing the cost of goods to us, and other adverse consequences which we are unable to fully anticipate or control.


         Our plans depend significantly on strategies and initiatives designed to increase sales and improve the efficiencies, costs and effectiveness of our operations, and failure to achieve or sustain these plans could affect our performance adversely.

        We have strategies and initiatives (such as those relating to merchandising, sourcing, shrink, private brand, distribution and transportation, store operations, selling, generalstore formats, budgeting and administrative expense reduction, and real estate) in various stages of testing, evaluation, and implementation, upon which we expect to rely to continue to improve our results of operations and financial condition and to achieve our financial plans. These initiatives are inherently risky and uncertain, even when tested successfully, in their application to our business in general. It is possible that successful testing can result partially from resources and attention that cannot be duplicated in broader implementation, particularly in light of the diverse geographic locations of our stores and the fact thatdecentralized nature of our field management is so decentralized.management. General implementation also may be negatively affected by other risk factors described herein. Successful systemwide implementation relies on consistency of training, stability of workforce, ease of execution, and the absence of offsetting factors that can influence results adversely. Failure to achieve


successful implementation of our initiatives or the cost of these initiatives exceeding management's estimates could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        In addition, theThe success of our merchandising initiatives, particularly those with respect to non-consumable merchandise and store-specific products and allocations, depends in part upon our ability to predict consistently and successfully the products that our customers will demand and to identify and timely respond to evolving trends in demographics and consumer preferences, expectations and needs. If we are unable to select products that are attractive to customers, to timely obtain such products at costs that allow us to sell them at aan acceptable profit, or to effectively market such products, our sales, market share and profitability could be adversely affected. If our merchandising efforts in the non-consumables area or the higher margin areas within consumables are unsuccessful, we could be further adversely affected by our inability to offset the lower margins associated with our consumables business. Further, our merchandising efforts in the consumables area, including tobacco products, may not generate the net sales growth and increase customer traffic to the levels needed to offset the lower margins generated by sales of consumables and maintain our targeted gross profit margins.

         If we cannot open, relocate or remodel stores profitably and on schedule, our planned future growth will be impeded, which would adversely affect sales.

        Our ability to open, relocate and remodel profitable stores is a key component of our planned future growth. Our ability to timely open stores and to expand into additional market areas depends in part on the following factors: the availability of attractive store locations; the absence of entitlement process or occupancy delays; the ability to negotiate acceptable lease and development terms; the ability to hire and train new personnel, especially store managers, in a cost effective manner; the ability to identify customer demand in different geographic areas; general economic conditions; and the availability of capital funding for expansion. Many of these factors also affect our ability to successfully relocate stores, and many of them are beyond our control.

        Delays or failures in opening new stores or completing relocations or remodels, or achieving lower than expected sales in these projects, could materially adversely affect our growth and/or profitability. We also may not anticipate all of the challenges imposed by the expansion of our operations and, as a result, may not meet our targets for opening new stores, remodeling or relocating stores or expanding profitably.

        Some new stores and future new store opportunities may be located in areas, including but not limited to new states or metro urban areas, where we have limited or no meaningful experience or brand recognition. Those areas may have different competitive and market conditions, consumer tastes and discretionary spending patterns than our existing markets, as well as higher cost of entry. These factors may cause our new stores to be initially less successful than stores in our existing markets, which could slow future growth in these areas.

        Many new stores will be located in areas where we have existing stores. Although we have experience in these areas, increasing the number of locations in these markets may result in inadvertent oversaturation and temporarily or permanently divert customers and sales from our existing stores, thereby adversely affecting our overall financial performance.

         Our profitability may be negatively affected by inventory shrinkage.

        We are subject to the risk of inventory loss and theft. We experience significant inventory shrinkage and cannot be sure that incidences of inventory loss and theft will decrease in the future or that the measures we are taking will effectively reduce the problem of inventory shrinkage. Although some level of inventory shrinkage is an unavoidable cost of doing business, if we were to experience higher rates of inventory shrinkage or incur increased security or other costs to combat inventory theft, our results of operations and financial condition could be affected adversely.


         We face intense competition that could limit our growth opportunities and adversely impact our financial performance.

        The retail business is highly competitive with respect to price, store location, merchandise quality, assortment and presentation, in-stock consistency, customer service, aggressive promotional activity, customers, and employees. We compete with discount stores and with many other retailers, operating discount,including mass merchandise, outlet, warehouse club, grocery, drug, convenience, variety and other specialty stores. This competitive environment subjects us to the risk of adverse impact to our financial performance because of the lower prices, and thus the lower margins, that may be required to maintain our competitive position. Also, companies like ours, due to customer demographics and other factors, may have limited ability to increase prices in response to increased costs without losing competitive position. This limitation may adversely affect our margins and financial performance. Certain of our competitors have greater financial, distribution, marketing and other resources than we do and may be able to secure better arrangements with suppliers than we can. If we fail to respond effectively to competitive pressures and changes in the retail markets, it could adversely affect our financial performance.

        Competition for customers has intensified in recent years as competitors have moved into, or increased their presence in, our geographic markets. In addition, somemarkets and from the use of our large box competitors are or may be developing small box formats which may produce more competition.mobile and web-based technology that facilitates online shopping and real-time product and price comparisons. We expect this competition to continue to increase. We remain vulnerable to the marketing power and high level of consumer recognition of these larger competitors and to the risk that these competitors or others could venture into our industry in a significant way. Generally, we expectway, including through the introduction of new store formats. Further, consolidation within the discount retail industry could significantly alter the competitive dynamics of the retail marketplace. This consolidation may result in competitors with greatly improved financial resources, improved access to merchandise, greater market penetration and other improvements in their competitive positions, as well as result in the provision of a continued increase in competition.wider variety of products and services at competitive prices by these consolidated companies, which could adversely affect our financial performance.


         Our private brands may not maintain broad market acceptance and may increase the risks we face.

        We have substantially increased the numberThe sale of our private brand items and the program is a sizable partan important component of our futuresales growth and gross profit rate enhancement plans. We have invested in our development and procurement resources and marketing efforts relating to these private brand offerings. We believe that our success in maintaining broad market acceptance of our private brands depends on many factors, including pricing, our costs, quality and customer perception. We may not achieve or maintain our expected sales for our private brands. AsThe sale and expansion of our private brand offerings also subjects us to certain risks, such as: potential product liability risks and mandatory or voluntary product recalls; our ability to successfully protect our proprietary rights and successfully navigate and avoid claims related to the proprietary rights of third parties; our ability to successfully administer and comply with applicable contractual obligations and legal and regulatory requirements; and other risks generally encountered by entities that source, sell and market exclusive branded offerings for retail. An increase in sales of our private brands may also adversely affect sales of our vendors' products, which, in turn, could adversely affect our relationship with certain of our vendors. Any failure to appropriately address some or all of these risks could have a result,significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.financial condition.

         A significant disruption to our distribution network, to the capacity of our distribution centers or to the timely receipt of inventory could adversely impact sales or increase our transportation costs, which would decrease our profits.

        We rely on our distribution and transportation network to provide goods to our stores in a timely and cost-effective manner through deliveriesmanner. Using various modes of transportation, including ocean, rail, and truck, we and our vendors move goods from vendor locations to our distribution centerscenters. Deliveries to our stores occur from vendors and then from theour distribution centers or direct ship vendors todirectly from our stores by various means of transportation, including shipments by sea and truck.vendors. Any disruption, unanticipated or


unusual expense or operational failure related to this process could affect store operations negatively. For example, unexpected delivery delays or increases in transportation costs (including through increased fuel costs, increased carrier rates or driver wages as a result of driver shortages, a decrease in transportation capacity for overseas shipments, or work stoppages or slowdowns) could significantly decrease our ability to make sales and earn profits. Labor shortages or work stoppages in the transportation industry or long-term disruptions to the national and international transportation infrastructure that lead to delays or interruptions of deliveries or which would necessitate our securing alternative labor or shipping suppliers could also increase our costs or otherwise negatively affect our business.

        We maintain a network of distribution facilities and haveare moving forward with plans to build new facilities to support our growth objectives. Delays in opening distribution centers could adversely affect our future operationsfinancial performance by slowing store growth, which may in turn reduce revenue growth.growth, or by increasing transportation costs. In addition, distribution-related construction or expansion projects entail risks whichthat could cause delays and cost overruns, such as: shortages of materials or skilled labor; work stoppages; unforeseen construction, scheduling, engineering, environmental or geological problems; weather interference; fires or other casualty losses; and unanticipated cost increases. The completion date and ultimate cost of these projects could differ significantly from initial expectations due to construction-related or other reasons. We cannot guarantee that any project will be completed on time or within established budgets.

         Rising fuel costs could materially adversely affect our business.

        Fuel prices are significantly influenced by international, political and economic circumstances. Increases in the price of fuel pose a challenge to our continued priority of optimizing our gross profit rate. Sustained inflated prices or further price increases for any reason, including fuel supply shortages or unusual price volatility, could materially increase our transportation costs, adversely affecting our gross profit and results of operations. In addition, competitive pressures in our industry may inhibit our ability to reflect these increased costs in the prices of our products. We will diligently attempt to keep product costs as low as possible as we face these increases while still working to optimize gross profit and meet our customers' needs.

Risks associated with or faced by the domestic and foreignour suppliers from whom our products are sourced could adversely affect our financial performance.

        The products we sell are sourced from a wide variety of domestic and international suppliers.suppliers, and we are dependent on our vendors to supply merchandise in a timely and efficient manner. In 2012,2015, our largest supplierand second largest suppliers each accounted for 8%7% of our purchases, and our next largest supplier accounted for approximately 7% of such purchases. We have not experienced any difficulty in obtaining sufficient quantities of core merchandise and believe that, if one or more of our current sources of supply became unavailable, we would generally be able to obtain alternative sources without experiencing a substantial disruption of our business. However, such alternative sources could increase our


merchandise costs, result in a temporary reduction in store inventory levels, and reduce the quality of our merchandise, and an inability to obtain alternative sources could adversely affect our sales. Additionally, if a supplier fails to deliver on its commitments, whether due to financial difficulties or other reasons, we could experience merchandise out-of-stocks that could lead to lost sales and damage to our reputation.

        We directly imported approximately 7%6% of our purchases (measured at cost) in 2012,2015, but many of our domestic vendors directly import their products or components of their products. Changes to the prices and flow of these goods for any reason, such as political unrest or acts of war, currency fluctuations, disruptions in maritime lanes, port labor disputes, and economic conditions and instability in the countries in which foreign suppliers are located, the financial instability of suppliers, suppliers' failure to meet our standards, issues with labor practices of our suppliers or labor problems they may experience (such as strikes)strikes, stoppages or slowdowns, which could also increase labor costs during and following the disruption), the availability and cost of raw materials to suppliers, increased import duties, merchandise quality or safety issues, currency exchange rates, transport availability and cost, increases in wage rates and taxes, transport security, inflation, and other factors relating to the suppliers and the countries in which they are located or from which they import, are beyond our control and could adversely affect our operations and profitability. BecauseWhile we are working to reduce our dependency on goods produced in China, a substantial amount of our imported merchandise still comes from China, and thus, a change in the Chinese leadership, economic and market conditions, internal economic stimulus actions, or currency or other policies, as well as increases in costs of labor and wage taxes, could negatively impact our merchandise costs. In addition, the United States' foreign trade policies, tariffs and other impositions on imported goods, trade sanctions imposed on certain countries, the limitation on the importation of certain types of goods or of goods containing certain materials from other countries and


other factors relating to foreign trade and port labor agreements are beyond our control. Disruptions due to labor stoppages, strikes or slowdowns, or other disruptions involving our vendors or the transportation and handling industries also may negatively affect our ability to receive merchandise and thus may negatively affect sales. Prolonged disruptions could also materially increase our labor costs both during and following the disruption. These and other factors affecting our suppliers and our access to products could adversely affect our business and financial performance. As we increase our imports of merchandise from foreign vendors, the risks associated with foreignthese imports also will increase.increase, and we may be exposed to additional or different risks as we increase imports of goods produced in countries other than China.

         Product liability and food safety claims could adversely affect our business, reputation and financial performance.

        Despite our best efforts to ensure the quality, safety and safetyfreshness of the products that we sell in all of our stores, we may be subject to product liability claims from customers or actions required or penalties fromassessed by government agencies relating to products, including but not limited to food products that are recalled, defective or otherwise alleged to be harmful. Such claims may result from tampering by unauthorized third parties, product contamination or spoilage, including the presence of foreign objects, substances, chemicals, other agents, or residues introduced during the growing, storage, handling and transportation phases.

        All of our vendors and their products must comply with applicable product and food safety laws.laws, and we are dependent on them to ensure that the products we buy comply with all applicable safety standards. We generally seek but may not be successful in obtaining contractual indemnification and insurance coverage from our suppliers. However, ifIf we do not have adequate contractual indemnification and/or insurance available, such claims could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our ability to obtain indemnification from foreign suppliers may be hindered by the manufacturers' lack of understanding of U.S. product liability or other laws, which may make it more likely that we be requiredresult in our having to respond to claims or complaints from customers as if we were the manufacturer of the products.manufacturer. Even with adequate insurance and indemnification, such claims could significantly damage our reputation and consumer confidence in our products. Our litigation expenses could increase as well, which also could have a materially negative impact on our results of operations even if a product liability claim is unsuccessful or is not fully pursued.

         We are subject to governmental regulations, procedures and requirements. A significant change in, or noncompliance with, these regulations could have a material adverse effect on our financial performance.

        Our business is subject to numerous and increasing federal, state and local laws and regulations. We routinely incur significant costs in complying with these regulations. The complexity of the regulatory environment in which we operate and the related cost of compliance are increasing due to expanding and additional legal and regulatory requirements and increased enforcement efforts. New laws or regulations, particularly those dealing with healthcare reform,environmental compliance, product safety, food safety, information security and privacy, and labor and employment, among others, or changes in existing laws and regulations, particularly those governing the sale of products or employee wages, may result in significant


added expenses or may require extensive system and operating changes that may be difficult to implement and/or could materially increase our cost of doing business. Untimely compliance or noncompliance with applicable regulations or untimely or incomplete execution of a required product recall, can result in the imposition of penalties, including loss of licenses or significant fines or monetary penalties, class action litigation or other litigation, in addition to reputational damage. Additionally, changes in tax laws, the interpretation of existing laws, or our failure to sustain our reporting positions on examination could adversely affect our effective tax rate.

         Litigation may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.operations and financial condition.

        Our business is subject to the risk of litigation by employees, consumers, suppliers, competitors, shareholders, government agencies and others through private actions, class actions, administrative proceedings, regulatory actions or other litigation. TheNationally, the number of employment-related class


actions filed each year has continued to increase, and recent changes and proposed changes in Federalfederal and state laws, regulations and agency guidance may cause claims to rise even more. The outcome of litigation, particularly class action lawsuits, regulatory actions and intellectual property claims, is difficult to assess or quantify. Plaintiffs in these types of lawsuits may seek recovery of very large or indeterminate amounts, and the magnitude of the potential loss relating to these lawsuits may remain unknown for substantial periods of time. In addition, certain of these lawsuits, if decided adversely to us or settled by us, may result in liability material to our financial statements as a whole or may negatively affect our operating results if changes to our business operations are required. The cost to defend future litigation may be significant. There also may be adverse publicity associated with litigation that could negatively affect customer perception of our business, regardless of whether the allegations are valid or whether we are ultimately found liable. As a result, litigation may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.operations and financial condition. See Note 98 to the consolidated financial statements for further details regarding certain of these pending matters.

         If we cannot open, relocate or remodel stores profitably and on schedule, our planned future growth will be impeded, which would adversely affect sales.

        Our ability to open, relocate and remodel profitable stores is a key component of our planned future growth. Our ability to timely open stores and to expand into additional market areas depends in part on the following factors: the availability of attractive store locations; the absence of entitlement process or occupancy delays; the ability to negotiate acceptable lease and development terms; the ability to hire and train new personnel, especially store managers, in a cost effective manner; the ability to identify customer demand in different geographic areas; general economic conditions; and the availability of capital funding for expansion. Many of these factors also affect our ability to successfully relocate stores, and many of them are beyond our control. Tighter lending practices also may make financing more challenging for our real estate developers which could impact the timing of store openings under our build-to-suit program.

        Delays or failures in opening new stores or completing relocations or remodels, or achieving lower than expected sales in new stores, could materially adversely affect our growth and/or profitability. We also may not anticipate all of the challenges imposed by the expansion of our operations and, as a result, may not meet our targets for opening new stores, remodeling or relocating stores or expanding profitably.

        Some of our new stores may be located in areas where we have little or no meaningful experience or brand recognition. Those markets may have different competitive and market conditions, consumer tastes and discretionary spending patterns than our existing markets, as well as higher cost of entry, which may cause our new stores to be initially less successful than stores in our existing markets. In addition, our alternative format stores, such as our Dollar General Market and, to a lesser degree our Dollar General Plus stores, have significantly higher capital costs than our traditional Dollar General stores, and, as a result, may increase our financial risk if they do not perform as expected.


        Many of our new stores will be located in areas where we have existing units. Although we have experience in these markets, increasing the number of locations in these markets may result in inadvertent over-saturation and temporarily or permanently divert customers and sales from our existing stores, thereby adversely affecting our overall financial performance.

         Natural disasters (whether or not caused by climate change), unusual weather conditions, pandemic outbreaks, terrorist acts, and global political events could cause permanent or temporary distribution center or store closures, impair our ability to purchase, receive or replenish inventory, or decrease customer traffic, all of which coulddisrupt business and result in lostlower sales and otherwise adversely affect our financial performance.

        The occurrence of one or more natural disasters, such as hurricanes, fires, floods, tornadoes and earthquakes, unusual weather conditions, pandemic outbreaks, terrorist acts or disruptive global political events, such as civil unrest in countries in which our suppliers are located, or similar disruptions could adversely affect our operationsbusiness and financial performance. Uncharacteristic or significant weather conditions can affect consumer shopping patterns, which could lead to lost sales or greater than expected markdowns and adversely affect our short-term results of operations. To the extent these events result in the closure of one or more of our distribution centers, a significant number of stores, or our corporate headquarters or impact one or more of our key suppliers, our operations and financial performance could be materially adversely affected through an inability to make deliveries or provide other support functions to our stores and through lost sales. In addition, these events could result in increases in fuel (or other energy) prices or a fuel shortage, delays in opening new stores, the temporary lack of an adequate work force in a market, the temporary or long-term disruption in the supply of products from some domestic and overseas suppliers, the temporary disruption in the transport of goods from overseas, delay in the delivery of goods to our distribution centers or stores, the inability of customers to reach or have transportation to our stores directly affected by such events, the temporary reduction in the availability of products in our stores and disruption of our utility services or to our information systems. These events also can have indirect consequences such as increases in the costs of insurance if they result in significant loss of property or other insurable damage.

         Material damage or interruptions to our information systems as a result of external factors, staffing shortages and unanticipatedor challenges or difficulties in maintaining or updating our existing technology or developing or implementing new technology could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

        We depend on a variety of information technology systems for the efficient functioning of our business and are continually improving our information processes and computer systems to better run our business. SuchThese technology initiatives may not deliver desired results or may do so on a delayed schedule. Additionally, such systems are subject to damage or interruption from power outages, computer and telecommunications failures, computer viruses, securitycybersecurity breaches, natural disasters and natural disasters.human error. Damage or interruption to these systems may require a significant investment to fix or replace them, and we may suffer interruptions in our operations in the interim. Any material interruptionsinterim, may experience loss or corruption of critical data and may receive negative publicity, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.


        We also rely heavily on our information technology staff. Failure to meet these staffing needs may negatively affect our ability to fulfill our technology initiatives while continuing to provide maintenance on existing systems. We rely on certain vendors to maintain and periodically upgrade many of these systems so that they can continue to support our business. The software programs supporting many of our systems were licensed to us by independent software developers. The inability of these developers or us to continue to maintain and upgrade these information systems and software programs would disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our operations if we were unable to convert to alternate systems in an efficient and timely manner. In addition, costs and potential problems and interruptions associated with the implementation of new or upgraded systems and technology or with maintenance or adequate support of existing systems could also disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our operations.


         Failure to attract, train and retain qualified employees particularly field, store and distribution center managers, while controlling labor costs, as well as other labor issues, could adversely affect our financial performance.

        Our future growth and performance and positive customer experience depends on our ability to attract, train, retain and motivate qualified employees, many of whom are in positions with historically high rates of turnover such as field managers and distribution center managers.turnover. Our ability to meet our labor needs, while controlling our labor costs, is subject to many external factors, including competition for and availability of qualified personnel in a given market, unemployment levels within those markets, prevailing wage rates, minimum wage laws, health and other insurance costs, and changes in employment and labor laws (including changes in the process for our employees to join a union) or other workplace regulationregulations (including changes in "entitlement" programs such as health insurance and paid leave programs)., and our reputation and relevance within the labor market. If we are unable to attract and retain adequate numbers of qualified employees, our operations, customer service levels and support functions could suffer. To the extent a significant portion of our employee base unionizes, or attempts to unionize, our labor costs could increase. In addition, we are evaluatinganticipated regulatory changes relating to the potential future impact of recently enacted comprehensive healthcare reform legislation, which will likely cause our healthcareovertime exemptions under the Fair Labor Standards Act could result in increased labor costs to increase. While the significant costs of the healthcare reform legislation will occur after 2013,our business and negatively affect our operating results if at all, due to provisions of the legislation being phased in over time, changes to our healthcare costs structure could have a significant negative effect on our business.business operation are required. Our ability to pass along labor costs to our customers is constrained by our everyday low price model.model, and we may not be able to offset the costs elsewhere in our business.

         Our profitabilitysuccess depends on our executive officers and other key personnel. If we lose key personnel or are unable to hire additional qualified personnel, our business may be negatively affected by inventory shrinkage.harmed.

        Our future success depends to a significant degree on the skills, experience and efforts of our executive officers and other key personnel. The unexpected loss of the services of any of our executive officers could have an adverse effect on our operations. There can be no assurance that our executive succession planning, retention or hiring efforts will be successful. Competition for skilled and experienced management personnel is intense, and our future success will also depend on our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel, and a failure to attract and retain new qualified personnel could have an adverse effect on our operations. We are subjectdo not currently maintain key person life insurance policies with respect to the risk of inventory loss and theft. We experience significant inventory shrinkage, and we cannot assure you that incidences of inventory loss and theft will decrease in the futureour executive officers or that the measures we are taking will effectively reduce the problem of inventory shrinkage. Although some level of inventory shrinkage is an unavoidable cost of doing business, if we were to experience higher rates of inventory shrinkage or incur increased security costs to combat inventory theft, our financial condition could be affected adversely.key personnel.

         Our cash flows from operations may be negatively affected if we are not successful in managing our inventory balances.

        Our inventory balance represented approximately 50%54% of our total assets exclusive of goodwill and other intangible assets as of February 1, 2013.January 29, 2016. Efficient inventory management is a key component of our business success and profitability. To be successful, we must maintain sufficient inventory levels and an appropriate product mix to meet our customers' demands without allowing those levels to increase to such an extent that the costs to store and hold the goods unduly impacts our financial results.results or that subjects us to the risk of increased inventory shrinkage. If our buying decisions do not accurately


predict customer trends, we inappropriately price products or purchasing actions,our expectations about customer spending levels are inaccurate, we may have to take unanticipated markdowns to dispose of the excess inventory, which also can adversely impact our financial results. We continue to focus on ways to reduce these risks, but we cannot assure youmake assurances that we will be successful in our inventory management. If we are not successful in managing our inventory balances, our cash flows from operations may be negatively affected.

         Because our business is seasonal to a certain extent, with the highest volume of net sales during the fourth quarter, adverse events during the fourth quarter could materially affect our financial statements as a whole.

        We generally recognize our highest volume of net sales during the Christmas selling season, which occurs in the fourth quarter of our fiscal year. In anticipation of this holiday, we purchase substantial amounts of seasonal inventory and hire many temporary employees.inventory. Adverse events, such as deteriorating economic conditions, high unemployment, high gas prices, public transportation disruptions, or unusual or unanticipated adverse weather could result in lower-than-planned sales during the holiday season. An excess of seasonal merchandise inventory could result if our net sales during the Christmas selling season were to fall below either seasonal norms or expectations. If our fourth quarter sales results were substantially below expectations, our financial performance and operating results could be adversely affected by unanticipated


markdowns, especially in seasonal merchandise. Lower than anticipated sales in the Christmas selling season would also negatively affect our ability to absorb the increased seasonal labor costs.

         Our current insurance program may expose us to unexpected costs and negatively affect our financial performance.

        Our insurance coverage reflects deductibles, self-insured retentions, limits of liability and similar provisions that we believe are prudent based on the dispersion of our operations. However, there are types of losses we may incur but against which we cannot be insured or which we believe are not economically reasonable to insure, such as losses due to acts of war, employee and certain other crime, somecertain wage and hour and other employment-related or otherclaims, including class actions, and some natural disasters. If we incur these losses and they are material, our business could suffer. Certain material events may result in sizable losses for the insurance industry and adversely impact the availability of adequate insurance coverage or result in excessive premium increases. To offset negative insurance market trends, we may elect to self-insure, accept higher deductibles or reduce the amount of coverage in response to these market changes. In addition, we self-insure a significant portion of expected losses under our workers' compensation, automobile liability, general liability and group health insurance programs. Unanticipated changes in any applicable actuarial assumptions and management estimates underlying our recorded liabilities for these losses, including expected increases in medical and indemnity costs, could result in materially different expenses than expected under these programs, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we are evaluating the potential future impact of the comprehensive healthcare reform legislation, which may cause our healthcare costs to increase.operations and financial condition. Although we continue to maintain property insurance for catastrophic events at our store support center and distribution centers, we are effectively self-insured for other property losses. If we experience a greater number of these losses than we anticipate, our financial performance could be adversely affected.

         If we fail to protect our brand name, competitors may adopt tradenames that dilute the value of our brand name.

        We may be unable or unwilling to strictly enforce our trademarks in each jurisdiction in which we do business. Also, we may not always be able to successfully enforce our trademarks against competitors, or against challenges by others. Our failure to successfully protect our trademarks could diminish the value and efficacy of our brand recognition, and could cause customer confusion, which could, in turn, adversely affect our sales and profitability.

         Our success depends on our executive officers and other key personnel. If we lose key personnel or are unable to hire additional qualified personnel, our business may be harmed.

        Our future success depends to a significant degree on the skills, experience and efforts of our executive officers and other key personnel. The loss of the services of any of our executive officers, particularly Richard W. Dreiling, our Chief Executive Officer, could have a material adverse effect on our operations. Our future success will also depend on our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel and a failure to attract and retain new qualified personnel could have an adverse effect on our operations. We do not currently maintain key person life insurance policies with respect to our executive officers or key personnel.


Any failure to maintain the security of information we hold relating to our customers, employees and vendors, that we may hold, whether as a result of cybersecurity attacks or otherwise, could expose us to litigation, government enforcement actions and costly response measures, and could seriouslymaterially disrupt our operations and harm our reputation.reputation and sales.

        In connection with credit card sales, we transmit confidential credit and debit card information. We also have access to, collect or maintain certain private or confidential information regarding our customers, employees and vendors, as well as our business. WeAdditionally, under certain circumstances, we may


share information with vendors that assist us in conducting our business (for example, third-party vendors assist us in the transmittal of credit and debit card information in connection with sales), as required by law, or with the permission of the individual. While we have implemented procedures and technology in placeintended to safeguard such dataprotect and information. As a result of those procedures, to our knowledge computer hackers have been unable to gain access to the information stored insafeguard our information systems. However, cyberattacks are rapidly evolving and becoming increasingly sophisticated. Itrequire appropriate controls of our vendors, it is possible that computer hackers and others might compromise our security measures or those of our technology and other vendors in the future and obtain the personal information of our customers, employees and vendors that we hold or our business information.information, as cyberattacks are rapidly evolving and becoming increasingly sophisticated. Moreover, employee error or malfeasance or other irregularities may result in a defeat of our or our third-party vendors' security measures and breach our or our third-party vendors' information systems.

        Because we accept debit and credit cards for payment, we are subject to the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards ("PCI DSS"), issued by the Payment Card Industry Security Standards Council. PCI DSS contains compliance guidelines and standards with regard to our security surrounding the physical and electronic storage, processing, and transmission of cardholder data. Additionally, we have implemented technology in all of our stores to allow for the acceptance of Europay, Mastercard and Visa (EMV) credit transactions. Complying with PCI DSS standards and implementing related procedures, technology and information security measures require significant resources and ongoing attention. However, even as we comply with PCI DSS standards and offer EMV technology in our stores, we may be vulnerable to, and unable to detect and appropriately respond to, data security breaches and data loss, including cybersecurity attacks or other breach of cardholder data.

        A security breach of any kind (whether experienced by us or one of our vendors), which could be undetected for a period of time, or any failure by us to comply with the applicable privacy and information security laws, regulations and standards could expose us to risks of data loss, litigation, government enforcement actions, fines or penalties, and costly response measures (including, for example, providing notification to, and credit monitoring services for, affected customers, as well as further upgrades to our security measures) which may not be covered by or may exceed the coverage limits of our insurance policies, and could seriouslymaterially disrupt our operations. Any resulting negative media attention and publicity could significantly harm our reputation which could cause us to lose market share as a result of customers discontinuing the use of debit or credit cards in our stores or not shopping in our stores altogether and could have ana material adverse effect on our business and financial results.performance.

         We have substantial debt that must be repaidDeterioration in market conditions or refinanced at or prior to applicable maturity dates whichchanges in our credit profile could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund ourbusiness operations and limit our ability to pursue our growth strategy or other opportunities or to react to changes in the economy or our industry.

        At February 1, 2013, we had total outstanding debt (including the current portion of long-term obligations) of $2.772 billion, including a $1.964 billion senior secured term loan facility, of which, $1.084 billion matures on July 6, 2014 and $879.7 million matures on July 6, 2017, $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of 4.125% senior notes due 2017, and borrowings of $286.5 million under our senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility. We also had an additional $873.4 million available for borrowing under the revolving credit facility which is scheduled to mature on July 6, 2014. We do not believe that we will experience difficulty in refinancing this debt prior to applicable maturity dates. However, if we were to experience difficulty repaying or refinancing this debt prior to maturity, this, and the level of debt itself, could have important negative consequences to our business, including:


         Our ability to obtain additional financing on favorable terms could be adversely affected by volatility in the capital markets.financial condition.

        We obtain and manage liquidity fromrely on the positive cash flow we generate from our operating activities and our access to the credit and capital markets to fund our operations, growth strategy, and return of cash to our shareholders through share repurchases and dividends. Changes in the credit and capital markets, including market disruptions, limited liquidity and interest rate fluctuations, may increase the cost of financing or restrict our access to these potential sources of future liquidity. Our continued access to these liquidity sources on favorable terms depends on multiple factors, including our operating performance and our credit facilities.ratings. Our debt securities currently have an investment grade rating, and a downgrade of this rating likely would negatively impact our access to the debt capital markets and increase our cost of borrowing. As a result, any disruptions or turmoil in the debt markets or any downgrade of our credit ratings could adversely affect our business operations and financial condition and our ability to return cash to our shareholders. There iscan be no assuranceassurances that our ability to obtain additional financing through the capitaldebt markets will not be adversely impacted by economic conditions. Tightening in the credit markets,conditions or low liquidity and volatility in the capital markets could result in diminished availability of credit and higher cost of borrowing, making it more difficult to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us.

         Our variable rate debt exposes us to interest rate risk which could adversely affect our cash flow.

        The borrowings under the term loan facility and the senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility comprise our credit facilities and bear interest at variable rates. Other debt we incur also could be variable rate debt. If market interest rates increase, variable rate debt will create higher debt service requirements, which could adversely affect our cash flow. While we have entered and may in the future enter into agreements limiting our exposure to higher interest rates, any such agreements may not offer complete protection from this risk.

         Our debt agreements contain restrictions that could limit our flexibility in operating our business.

        Our credit facilities and the indenture governing our notes contain various covenants that could limit our ability to engage in specified types of transactions. These covenants limit our and our restricted subsidiaries' ability to, among other things:

        A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under the agreement governing such indebtedness. Upon our failure to maintain compliance with these covenants, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding thereunder to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit thereunder. If the lenders under such indebtedness accelerate the repayment of borrowings, we cannot assure you that we will have sufficient assetsbe able to repay those borrowings, as well asmaintain or improve our other indebtedness, including our outstanding notes. We have pledged a significant portion of our assets as collateral under ourcurrent credit facilities. If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders under our credit facilities could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. Additional borrowings under the senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility will, if excess availability under that facility is less than a certain amount, be subject to the satisfaction of a specified financial ratio. Accordingly, our ability to access the full availability under our senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility may be constrained. Our ability to meet this financial ratio can be affected by events beyond our control, and we cannot assure you that we will meet this ratio, if applicable, and other covenants.ratings.


         New accounting guidance or changes in the interpretation or application of existing accounting guidance could adversely affect our financial performance.

        The implementation of proposed new accounting standards maywill require extensive systems, internal process and other changes that could increase our operating costs, and may also will result in changes to our financial statements. In particular, the implementation of expected future accounting standards related to leases, as currently being contemplatedrecently issued by the convergence project between the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") and the International Accounting Standards Board ("IASB"), as well as the possible adoption of international financial reporting standards by U.S. registrants, couldare expected to require us to make significant changes to our lease management, fixed asset, and other accounting systems, and in all likelihood wouldwill result in significant changes to our financial statements.

        U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and related accounting pronouncements, implementation guidelines and interpretations with regard to a wide range of matters that are relevant to our business involve many subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by our management. Changes in these rules or their interpretation or changes in underlying assumptions, estimates or judgments by our management could significantly change our reported or expected financial performance. The outcome of such changes could include litigation or regulatory actions which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

         Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. ("KKR"), certain affiliates of Goldman, Sachs & Co. (the "GS Investors"), and other equity co-investors (collectively, the "Investors") continue to have influence over us, including in connection with decisions that require the approval of shareholders.

        Through their investment in Buck Holdings, L.P., the Investors continue to hold a significant interest in our outstanding common stock (approximately 17% of our outstanding common stock as of March 15, 2013). As a result, the Investors potentially have the ability to influence the outcome of matters that require a vote of our shareholders, including election of our Board of Directors and other corporate transactions, regardless of whether others believe that the transaction is in our best interests. In addition, pursuant to a shareholders' agreement that we entered into with Buck Holdings, L.P., based on the current ownership by Buck Holdings, L.P. of our common stock, KKR has certain rights to appoint directors to our Board.

        The Investors are also in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. The Investors may also pursue acquisition opportunities that are complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us.

ITEM 1B.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

        None.


ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES

        As of March 1, 2013,February 26, 2016, we operated 10,55712,575 retail stores located in 4043 states as follows:

State
 Number of
Stores
 
State
 Number of
Stores
 

Alabama

  570 

Missouri

  383 

Arizona

  74 

Nebraska

  80 

Arkansas

  306 

Nevada

  16 

California

  51 

New Hampshire

  6 

Colorado

  32 

New Jersey

  66 

Connecticut

  4 

New Mexico

  65 

Delaware

  34 

New York

  267 

Florida

  595 

North Carolina

  585 

Georgia

  605 

Ohio

  545 

Illinois

  385 

Oklahoma

  336 

Indiana

  389 

Pennsylvania

  456 

Iowa

  178 

South Carolina

  414 

Kansas

  186 

South Dakota

  11 

Kentucky

  398 

Tennessee

  553 

Louisiana

  435 

Texas

  1,155 

Maryland

  84 

Utah

  8 

Massachusetts

  3 

Vermont

  17 

Michigan

  313 

Virginia

  293 

Minnesota

  22 

West Virginia

  173 

Mississippi

  356 

Wisconsin

  108 

State
 Number of Stores 
State
 Number of Stores 

Alabama

  658 

Nebraska

  99 

Arizona

  89 

Nevada

  24 

Arkansas

  365 

New Hampshire

  17 

California

  170 

New Jersey

  87 

Colorado

  30 

New Mexico

  84 

Connecticut

  29 

New York

  337 

Delaware

  42 

North Carolina

  674 

Florida

  738 

Ohio

  659 

Georgia

  711 

Oklahoma

  391 

Illinois

  454 

Oregon

  7 

Indiana

  434 

Pennsylvania

  556 

Iowa

  189 

Rhode Island

  4 

Kansas

  210 

South Carolina

  457 

Kentucky

  458 

South Dakota

  26 

Louisiana

  494 

Tennessee

  655 

Maine

  14 

Texas

  1,301 

Maryland

  113 

Utah

  7 

Massachusetts

  22 

Vermont

  30 

Michigan

  356 

Virginia

  336 

Minnesota

  73 

West Virginia

  199 

Mississippi

  414 

Wisconsin

  126 

Missouri

  436      

        Most of our stores are located in leased premises. Individual store leases vary as to their terms, rental provisions and expiration dates. Many stores are subject to build-to-suit arrangements with landlords, which typically carry a primary lease term of 10-15up to 15 years with multiple renewal options.


We also have stores subject to shorter-term leases and many of these leases have renewal options. In recent years, an increasing percentageA significant portion of our new stores have beenare subject to build-to-suit arrangements.

        As of March 1, 2013,February 26, 2016, we operated eleventhirteen distribution centers, as described in the following table:

Location
 Year
Opened
 Approximate
Square Footage
 Approximate
Number of
Stores Served
 

Scottsville, KY

  1959  720,000  789 

Ardmore, OK

  1994  1,310,000  1,313 

South Boston, VA

  1997  1,250,000  956 

Indianola, MS

  1998  820,000  864 

Fulton, MO

  1999  1,150,000  1,288 

Alachua, FL

  2000  980,000  916 

Zanesville, OH

  2001  1,170,000  1,162 

Jonesville, SC

  2005  1,120,000  1,048 

Marion, IN

  2006  1,110,000  1,154 

Bessemer, AL

  2012  940,000  903 

Lebec, CA

  2012  600,000  164 

Location
 Year
Opened
 Approximate Square
Footage
 Number of
Stores Served
 

Scottsville, KY

  1959  720,000  786 

Ardmore, OK

  1994  1,310,000  1,442 

South Boston, VA

  1997  1,250,000  922 

Indianola, MS

  1998  820,000  934 

Fulton, MO

  1999  1,150,000  1,256 

Alachua, FL

  2000  980,000  1,012 

Zanesville, OH

  2001  1,170,000  1,161 

Jonesville, SC

  2005  1,120,000  1,141 

Marion, IN

  2006  1,110,000  1,267 

Bessemer, AL

  2012  940,000  1,160 

Lebec, CA

  2012  600,000  321 

Bethel, PA

  2014  1,000,000  872 

San Antonio, TX

  2016  920,000  301 

        We lease the distribution centers located in California, Oklahoma, Mississippi and Missouri and own the other sevenremaining distribution centers in the table above. Approximately 7.25 acres of the land on which our Kentucky distribution center is located is subject to a ground lease. As of February 1, 2013,


January 29, 2016, we leased approximately 506,000745,000 square feet of additional temporary warehouse space to support our distribution needs.

        Our executive offices are located in approximately 302,000 square feet of owned buildings and approximately 56,000 square feet of leased office space in Goodlettsville, Tennessee.

ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

        The information contained in Note 98 to the consolidated financial statements under the heading "Legal proceedings" contained in Part II, Item 8 of this report is incorporated herein by this reference.

ITEM 4.    MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

        Not applicable.None.


EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

        Information regarding our current executive officers as of March 25, 201315, 2016 is set forth below. Each of our executive officers serves at the discretion of our Board of Directors and is elected annually by the Board to serve until a successor is duly elected. There are no familial relationships between any of our directors or executive officers.

Name
 Age Position

Richard W. DreilingTodd J. Vasos

  5954 Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and Director

David M. TehleJohn W. Garratt

  5647 Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

John W. Flanigan

  6164 Executive Vice President, Global Supply Chain

Susan S. LaniganJeffery C. Owen

  5046 Executive Vice President, and General CounselStore Operations

Robert D. Ravener

  5457 Executive Vice President and Chief People Officer

Gregory A. SparksRhonda M. Taylor

  5248 Executive Vice President Store Operationsand General Counsel

Todd VasosJames W. Thorpe

  5157 Executive Vice President, Division President and Chief Merchandising Officer

Anita C. Elliott

  4851 Senior Vice President and ControllerChief Accounting Officer

        Mr. DreilingVasos joined Dollar General in January 2008has served as Chief Executive Officer and a member of our Board.Board since June 3, 2015. He joined Dollar General in December 2008 as Executive Vice President, Division President and Chief Merchandising Officer. He was appointed Chairman of the Board on December 2, 2008.promoted to Chief Operating Officer in November 2013. Prior to joining Dollar General, Mr. DreilingVasos served as Chief Executive Officer, President and a director of Duane Reade Holdings, Inc. and Duane Reade Inc., the largest drugstore chain in New York City, from November 2005 until January 2008 and as Chairman of the Board of Duane Reade from March 2007 until January 2008. Prior to that, Mr. Dreiling, beginning in March 2005, served as Executive Vice President—Chief Operating Officer ofexecutive positions with Longs Drug Stores Corporation an operator of a chain of retail drug stores on the West Coast and Hawaii, after having joined Longs in July 2003 asfor 7 years, including Executive Vice President and Chief Operations Officer. From 2000 to 2003, Mr. DreilingOperating Officer (February 2008 through November 2008) and Senior Vice President and Chief Merchandising Officer (2001 - 2008), where he was responsible for all pharmacy and front-end marketing, merchandising, procurement, supply chain, advertising, store development, store layout and space allocation, and the operation of three distribution centers. He also previously served as Executive Vice President—Marketing, Manufacturingin leadership positions at Phar-Mor Food and Distribution at Safeway,Drug Inc., a food and drug retailer. Prior to that, Mr. Dreiling served from 1998 to 2000 as President of Vons, a Southern California food and drug division of Safeway. He currently serves as the Vice Chairman of the Retail Industry Leaders Association (RILA). Mr. Dreiling is a director of Lowe's Companies, Inc.Eckerd Corporation.

        Mr. TehleGarratt joined Dollar General in June 2004 as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Hehas served from 1997 to June 2004 as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Haggar Corporation, a manufacturing, marketing and retail corporation. From 1996 to 1997, he wassince December 2, 2015. He joined Dollar General in October 2014 as Senior Vice President, Finance & Strategy and subsequently served as Interim Chief Financial Officer from July 2015 to December 2015. Prior to joining Dollar General, Mr. Garratt held various positions of Finance for a division of The Stanley Works,increasing responsibility with Yum! Brands, Inc., one of the world's largest manufacturers of tools,restaurant companies, between May 2004 and from 1993 to 1996, he wasOctober 2014, holding leadership positions in corporate strategy and financial planning. He served as Vice President, Finance and Division Controller for the KFC division and earlier for the Pizza Hut division and for Yum Restaurants International between October 2013 and October 2014. He also served as the Senior Director, Yum Corporate Strategy, from March 2010 to October 2013, reporting directly to the corporate Chief Financial Officer of Hat Brands,and leading corporate strategy as well as driving key cross-divisional initiatives. Mr. Garratt served in various other financial positions at Yum from May 2004 to March 2010. He served as Plant Controller for Alcoa Inc., a hat manufacturer. Earlier in between April 2002 and May 2004, and held various financial management positions at General Electric from March 1999 to April 2002. He began his career Mr. Tehlein May 1990 at Alcoa, where he served in a variety of financial-related roles at Ryder System, Inc. and Texas Instruments. Mr. Tehle is a director of Jack in the Box, Inc.for approximately nine years.


        Mr. Flanigan joined Dollar General as Senior Vice President, Global Supply Chain in May 2008. He was promoted to Executive Vice President in March 2010. Mr. Flanigan plans to retire from Dollar General effective April 29, 2016. He has 25almost 30 years of management experience in retail logistics. Prior to joining Dollar General, he was group vice presidentGroup Vice President of logisticsLogistics and distributionDistribution for Longs Drug Stores Corporation, an operator of a chain of retail drug stores on the West Coast and Hawaii, from October 2005 to April 2008. In this role, he was responsible for overseeing warehousing, inbound and outbound transportation and facility maintenance to service over 500 retail outlets. From September 2001 to October 2005, he served as the Vice President of Logistics for Safeway Inc., a food and drug retailer, where he oversaw distribution of food products from Safeway distribution centers to all retail outlets, inbound traffic and transportation. He also has held distribution and logistics


leadership positions at Vons—a Safeway company, Specialized Distribution Management Inc., and Crum & Crum Logistics.

        Ms. LaniganMr. Owen joinedreturned to Dollar General in June 2015 as Executive Vice President of Store Operations, with over 21 years of previous employment experience with the Company. Prior to his departure from Dollar General in July 20022014, he was Senior Vice President, Store Operations. Prior to August 2011, Mr. Owen served as Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary. She was promotedDivision Manager. From November 2006 to Senior Vice President in October 2003 and to Executive Vice President in March 2005.2007, he served as Retail Division Manager. Prior to joining Dollar General, Ms. LaniganNovember 2006, he was Senior Director, Operations Process Improvement. Mr. Owen served the Company in various operations roles of increasing importance and responsibility from December 1992 to September 2004. Mr. Owen has served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary at Zale Corporation, a specialty retailerdirector of fine jewelry. During her six years with Zale, Ms. Lanigan held various positions, including Associate General Counsel. Prior to that, she held legal positions with both Turner Broadcasting System,Kirkland's Inc. and the law firm of Troutman Sanders LLP.since March 30, 2015.

        Mr. Ravener joined Dollar General as Senior Vice President and Chief People Officer in August 2008. He was promoted to Executive Vice President in March 2010. Prior to joining Dollar General, he served in human resources executive roles with Starbucks Coffee CompanyCorporation, a roaster, marketer and retailer of specialty coffee, from September 2005 until August 2008 as the Senior Vice President of U.S. Partner Resources and, prior to that, as the Vice President, Partner Resources—Eastern Division. As the Senior Vice President of U.S. Partner Resources at Starbucks, Mr. Ravener oversaw all aspects of human resources activity for more than 10,000 stores. Prior to serving at Starbucks, Mr. Ravener held Vice President of Human Resources roles for The Home Depot'sDepot Inc., a home improvement retailer, at its Store Support Center and a domestic field division from April 2003 to September 2005. Mr. Ravener also served in executive roles in both human resources and operations at Footstar, Inc. and roles of increasing leadership at PepsiCo.PepsiCo, Inc.

   ��    Mr. SparksMs. Taylor joined Dollar General in March 2012has served as Executive Vice President of Store Operations.and General Counsel since March 17, 2015. She joined Dollar General as an Employment Attorney in March 2000 and was subsequently promoted to Senior Employment Attorney in 2001, Deputy General Counsel in 2004, Vice President and Assistant General Counsel in March 2010, and Senior Vice President and General Counsel in June 2013. Prior to joining Dollar General, Mr. Sparks served as Division President, Seattle Division, for Safeway Inc.she practiced law with Ogletree, Deakins, Nash, Smoak & Stewart, P.C., a foodwhere she specialized in labor law and drug retailer, a role he hademployment litigation. She has also held since 2001. As Division President of the Seattle Division, Mr. Sparks was responsible for the supervision of approximately 200 storesattorney positions with Ford & Harrison LLP and approximately 23,000 employees in the northwest region and oversaw real estate, finance and operations of the Seattle Division. Mr. Sparks has 36 years of retail experience including a 34-year career with Safeway where he held roles of increasing responsibility including merchandising manager (1987), category manager (1987-1990), divisional director of merchandising, grocery and general merchandise (1990-1997) and divisional vice president of marketing (1997-2001).Stokes & Bartholomew.

        Mr. VasosThorpe joinedreturned to Dollar General in December 2008August 2015 as Executive Vice President, Division President and Chief Merchandising Officer. Prior to joining Dollar General, Mr. Vasos served in executive positions with Longs Drug Stores Corporation for 7 years, including Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer (February 2008 through November 2008) and Senior Vice President and Chief Merchandising Officer, (2001-2008),with over six years of previous employment experience with the Company. He previously served as Senior Vice President, General Merchandise Manager, from May 2006 when he joined the Company until his departure in July 2012. Following his departure from Dollar General, Mr. Thorpe provided on a limited ad-hoc basis certain retail industry consulting services as President of JW Thorpe & Associates, Inc. Prior to Dollar General, he served in various positions of increasing importance and responsibility with Sears Holdings Corporation, a leading integrated retailer, from March 1991 to May 2006 where his last position was Vice President and General Merchandise Manager—Hard Home of Sears Home Group. Prior to Sears, he worked as a Marketing Program Manager for Zenith Data Systems, a personal computer development and sales company, from July 1990 to February 1991. He began his career at The MAXIMA Corporation, an information technology services company, where he was responsible for all pharmacyheld various project administration and front-end marketing, merchandising, procurement, supply chain, advertising, store development, store layout and space allocation, and the operation of three distribution centers. He also previously served in leadership positions at Phar-Mor Food and Drug Inc. and Eckerd Drug Corp.analyst positions.

        Ms. Elliott has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer since December 2, 2015. She joined Dollar General as Senior Vice President and Controller in August 2005. Prior to joining Dollar General, she served as Vice President and Controller of Big Lots, Inc., a closeout retailer, from May 2001 to August 2005. Overseeing a staff of 140 employees at Big Lots,2005, where she was responsible for accounting operations, financial reporting and internal audit. Prior to serving at Big Lots, she served as Vice President and Controller for Jitney-Jungle Stores of America, Inc., a grocery retailer, from April 1998 to March 2001. At Jitney-Jungle, Ms. Elliott was responsible for the accounting operations and the internal and external financial reporting functions. Prior to serving at Jitney-Jungle, she practiced public accounting for 12 years, 6 of which were with Ernst & Young LLP.



PART II

ITEM 5.    MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information

        Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "DG." The high and low sales prices during each quarter in fiscal 20122015 and 20112014 were as follows:

2012
 First
Quarter
 Second
Quarter
 Third
Quarter
 Fourth
Quarter
 

High

 $48.76 $56.04 $53.36 $50.80 

Low

 $41.20 $45.37 $45.58 $39.73 

2015
 First
Quarter
 Second
Quarter
 Third
Quarter
 Fourth
Quarter
 

High

 $76.99 $81.42 $81.15 $75.14 

Low

 $65.86 $71.44 $64.66 $59.75 

 

2011
 First
Quarter
 Second
Quarter
 Third
Quarter
 Fourth
Quarter
 

High

 $33.58 $35.09 $40.71 $43.07 

Low

 $26.65 $31.10 $29.84 $38.32 

2014
 First
Quarter
 Second
Quarter
 Third
Quarter
 Fourth
Quarter
 

High

 $61.18 $65.99 $65.10 $71.78 

Low

 $54.43 $53.00 $55.48 $62.50 

        OurOn March 15, 2016, our stock price at the close of the market on March 15, 2013, was $48.18. There$85.04 and there were approximately 1,5111,874 shareholders of record of our common stock.

Dividends

        On March 8, 2016, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.25 per share, to be paid on April 12, 2016 to shareholders of record of our common stock ason March 29, 2016. We paid quarterly cash dividends of $0.22 per share in 2015. Prior to March 15, 2013.

Dividends

        We have2015, we had not declared or paid recurring dividends subsequentsince March 2007. While the Board intends to a merger transaction in 2007. We have no current plans to pay anycontinue regular quarterly cash dividends, the declaration and payment of future cash dividends are subject to the Board's discretion based on our common stock and instead may retain earnings, if any, for future operation and expansion, repurchasesan evaluation of our common stock, or debt repayment. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements,earnings performance, financial condition, contractual restrictionscapital needs and other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is limited by covenants in our Credit Facilities. See "Liquidity and Capital Resources" in the Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations section of this report for a description of restrictions on our ability to pay dividends.relevant factors.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

        The following table contains information regarding purchases of our common stock made during the quarter ended February 1, 2013January 29, 2016 by or on behalf of Dollar General or any "affiliated purchaser," as defined by Rule 10b-18(a)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934:

Period
 Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased
 Average
Price Paid
per Share
 Total
Number of Shares
Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plans or
Programs(a)
 Approximate
Dollar Value of
Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans
or Programs(a)
 

11/03/12 - 11/30/12

   $   $218,565,000 

12/01/12 - 12/31/12

  1,719,510 $43.62  1,719,510 $143,565,000 

01/01/13 - 02/01/13

   $   $143,565,000 

Total

  1,719,510 $43.62  1,719,510 $143,565,000 
Period
 Total Number of
Shares
Purchased
 Average
Price Paid
per Share
 Total Number
of Shares
Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans or
Programs(a)
 Approximate
Dollar Value
of Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans
or Programs(a)
 

10/31/15 - 11/30/15

   $   $214,007,000 

12/01/15 - 12/31/15

  4,128,913 $70.29  4,128,913 $923,803,000 

01/01/16 - 01/29/16

   $   $923,803,000 

Total

  4,128,913 $70.29  4,128,913 $923,803,000 

(a)
On August 29, 2012, our Board of Directors approved aA $500 million share repurchase program of up to $500was publicly announced on September 5, 2012, and increases in the authorization under such program were announced on March 25, 2013 ($500 million of outstanding shares of our common stock. Purchasesincrease), December 5, 2013 ($1.0 billion increase), March 12, 2015 ($1.0 billion increase) and December 3, 2015 ($1.0 billion increase). Under the authorization, purchases may be made under the authorizations in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions from time to time subject to market and other conditions. TheThis repurchase programauthorization has no expiration date.

        On March 19, 2013, our Board of Directors increased the authorization under the repurchase program by $500 million, resulting in approximately $643.6 million remaining available for the repurchase of our common stock.

Stock Performance Graph

        The following graph compares the cumulative total return provided shareholders on Dollar General Corporation's common stock relative to the cumulative total returns of the S&P 500 index and the S&P Retailing index. An investment of $100 (with reinvestment of all dividends) is assumed to have been made in our common stock and in each of the indexes on 11/13/2009, the date of our initial public offering.


COMPARISON OF CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Dollar General Corporation, the S&P 500 Index, and S&P Retailing Index

*
$100 invested on 11/13/09 in stock or 10/31/09 in index, including reinvestment of dividends. Indexes calculated on month-end basis.

Copyright© 2013 S&P, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc. All rights reserved.

 
 11/13/09 1/29/10 1/28/11 2/3/12 2/1/13 

Dollar General Corporation

  100.00  103.34  124.95  184.51  203.61 

S&P 500

  100.00  104.16  127.27  132.64  154.89 

S&P Retailing

  100.00  104.32  135.24  156.66  199.27 

The stock price performance included in this graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.


ITEM 6.    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial information of Dollar General Corporation as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The selected historical statement of operations data and statement of cash flows data for the fiscal years ended February 1, 2013, February 3, 2012January 29, 2016, January 30, 2015, and January 28, 2011,31, 2014 and balance sheet data as of February 1, 2013January 29, 2016 and February 3, 2012,January 30, 2015, have been derived from our historical audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. The selected historical statement of operations data and statement of cash flows data for the fiscal years or periods, as applicable, ended January 29, 2010February 1, 2013 and January 30, 2009February 3, 2012 and balance sheet data as of January 28, 2011, January 29, 201031, 2014, February 1, 2013, and January 30, 2009February 3, 2012 presented in this table have been derived from audited consolidated financial statements not included in this report.


        The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by reference to, the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included in Part II, Item 8 of this report and the Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


included in Part II, Item 7 of this report. Certain financial disclosures relating to prior periods have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.


 Year Ended  Year Ended 
(Amounts in millions, excluding per share data,
number of stores, selling square feet, and net sales
per square foot)

 February 1,
2013
 February 3,
2012(1)
 January 28,
2011
 January 29,
2010
 January 30,
2009
  January 29,
2016
 January 30,
2015
 January 31,
2014
 February 1,
2013
 February 3,
2012(1)
 

Statement of Operations Data:

 

Statement of Income Data:

           

Net sales

 $16,022.1 $14,807.2 $13,035.0 $11,796.4 $10,457.7  $20,368.6 $18,909.6 $17,504.2 $16,022.1 $14,807.2 

Cost of goods sold

 10,936.7 10,109.3 8,858.4 8,106.5 7,396.6  14,062.5 13,107.1 12,068.4 10,936.7 10,109.3 
           

Gross profit

 5,085.4 4,697.9 4,176.6 3,689.9 3,061.1  6,306.1 5,802.5 5,435.7 5,085.4 4,697.9 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 3,430.1 3,207.1 2,902.5 2,736.6 2,448.6  4,365.8 4,033.4 3,699.6 3,430.1 3,207.1 

Litigation settlement and related costs, net

     32.0 
           

Operating profit

 1,655.3 1,490.8 1,274.1 953.3 580.5  1,940.3 1,769.1 1,736.2 1,655.3 1,490.8 

Interest expense

 127.9 204.9 274.0 345.6 388.8  86.9 88.2 89.0 127.9 204.9 

Other (income) expense

 30.0 60.6 15.1 55.5 (2.8) 0.3  18.9 30.0 60.6 
           

Income before income taxes

 1,497.4 1,225.3 985.0 552.1 194.4  1,853.0 1,680.9 1,628.3 1,497.4 1,225.3 

Income tax expense

 544.7 458.6 357.1 212.7 86.2  687.9 615.5 603.2 544.7 458.6 
           

Net income

 $952.7 $766.7 $627.9 $339.4 $108.2  $1,165.1 $1,065.3 $1,025.1 $952.7 $766.7 
           

Earnings per share—basic

 $2.87 $2.25 $1.84 $1.05 $0.34  $3.96 $3.50 $3.17 $2.87 $2.25 

Earnings per share—diluted

 2.85 2.22 1.82 1.04 0.34  3.95 3.49 3.17 2.85 2.22 

Dividends per share

    0.7525   0.88     

Statement of Cash Flows Data:

            

Net cash provided by (used in):

            

Operating activities

 $1,131.4 $1,050.5 $824.7 $672.8 $575.2  $1,378.0 $1,314.7 $1,213.1 $1,131.4 $1,050.5 

Investing activities

 (569.8) (513.8) (418.9) (248.0) (152.6) (503.4) (371.7) (250.0) (569.8) (513.8)

Financing activities

 (546.8) (908.0) (130.4) (580.7) (144.8) (1,296.5) (868.8) (598.3) (546.8) (908.0)

Total capital expenditures

 (571.6) (514.9) (420.4) (250.7) (205.5) (504.8) (374.0) (538.4) (571.6) (514.9)

Other Financial and Operating Data:

            

Same store sales growth(2)

 4.7% 6.0% 4.9% 9.5% 9.0% 2.8% 2.8% 3.3% 4.7% 6.0%

Same store sales(2)

 $14,992.7 $13,626.7 $12,227.1 $11,356.5 $10,118.5  $19,254.3 $17,818.7 $16,365.5 $14,992.7 $13,626.7 

Number of stores included in same store sales calculation

 9,783 9,254 8,712 8,324 8,153  11,706 11,052 10,387 9,783 9,254 

Number of stores (at period end)

 10,506 9,937 9,372 8,828 8,362  12,483 11,789 11,132 10,506 9,937 

Selling square feet (in thousands at period end)

 76,909 71,774 67,094 62,494 58,803  92,477 87,205 82,012 76,909 71,774 

Net sales per square foot(3)

 $216 $213 $201 $195 $180  $226 $223 $220 $216 $213 

Consumables sales

 73.9% 73.2% 71.6% 70.8% 69.3% 75.9% 75.7% 75.2% 73.9% 73.2%

Seasonal sales

 13.6% 13.8% 14.5% 14.5% 14.6% 12.4% 12.4% 12.9% 13.6% 13.8%

Home products sales

 6.6% 6.8% 7.0% 7.4% 8.2% 6.3% 6.4% 6.4% 6.6% 6.8%

Apparel sales

 5.9% 6.2% 6.9% 7.3% 7.9% 5.4% 5.5% 5.5% 5.9% 6.2%

Rent expense

 $614.3 $542.3 $489.3 $428.6 $389.6  $856.9 $785.2 $686.9 $614.3 $542.3 

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

            

Cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments

 $140.8 $126.1 $497.4 $222.1 $378.0  $157.9 $579.8 $505.6 $140.8 $126.1 

Total assets

 10,367.7 9,688.5 9,546.2 8,863.5 8,889.2  11,251.0 11,208.6 10,848.2 10,340.8 9,663.6 

Long-term debt

 2,772.2 2,618.5 3,288.2 3,403.4 4,137.1 

Long-term debt(4)

 2,970.6 2,725.1 2,799.5 2,745.3 2,593.6 

Total shareholders' equity

 4,985.3 4,668.5 4,054.5 3,390.3 2,831.7  5,377.9 5,710.0 5,402.2 4,985.3 4,674.6 

(1)
The fiscal year ended February 3, 2012 was comprised of 53 weeks.

(2)
Same-store sales are calculated based upon stores that were open at least 13 full fiscal months and remain open at the end of the reporting period. We include stores that have been remodeled, expanded or relocated in our same-store sales calculation. When applicable, we exclude the sales in the non-comparable week of a 53-week year from the same-store sales calculation.

(3)
Net sales per square foot was calculated based on total sales for the preceding 12 months as of the ending date of the reporting period divided by the average selling square footage during the period, including the end of the fiscal year, the beginning of the fiscal year, and the end of each of our three interim fiscal quarters.

(4)
Debt issuance costs are reflected as a deduction from the corresponding debt liability for all periods presented.


 
 Year Ended 
 
 January 29,
2016
January 30,
2015
January 31,
2014
February 1,
2013
 February 3,
2012
January 28,
2011
January 29,
2010
January 30,
2009
 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(1):

  4.5x4.4x4.7x4.7x  3.8x3.1x2.1x1.4x 

(1)
For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, (a) earnings consist of income (loss) before income taxes, plus fixed charges less capitalized expenses related to indebtedness (amortization expense for capitalized interest is not significant) and (b) fixed charges consist of interest expense (whether expensed or capitalized), the amortization of debt issuance costs and discounts related to indebtedness, and the interest portion of rent expense.

ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        This discussion and analysis should be read with, and is qualified in its entirety by, the Consolidated Financial Statements and the notes thereto. It also should be read in conjunction with the Cautionary Disclosure Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and the Risk Factors disclosures set forth in the Introduction and in Item 1A of this report, respectively.

Executive Overview

        We are among the largest discount retailerretailers in the United States by number of stores, with 10,55712,575 stores located in 4043 states as of March 1, 2013, primarilyFebruary 26, 2016, with the greatest concentration of stores in the southern, southwestern, midwestern and eastern United States. We offer a broad selection of merchandise, including consumable products such as food, paper and cleaning products, health and beauty products and pet supplies, and non-consumable products such as seasonal merchandise, home decor and domestics, and basic apparel. Our merchandise includes high qualityhigh-quality national brands from leading manufacturers, as well as comparable quality and value private brand selections with prices at substantial discounts to national brands. We offer our customers these national brand and private brand products at everyday low prices (typically $10 or less) in our convenient small-box (small store) locations.locations, with selling space averaging approximately 7,400 square feet per store.

        TheBecause the customers we serve are value-conscious, many with low or fixed incomes, and Dollar General haswe have always been intensely focused on helping them make the most of their spending dollars. We believe our convenient store format and broad selection of high qualityhigh-quality products at compelling values have driven our substantial growth and financial success over the years. Like other companies,retailers, we have been operating for approximately fourseveral years in an environment with ongoing economicmacroeconomic challenges and uncertainties. ConsumersOur core customers are facing sustained high rates ofoften the first to be affected by negative or uncertain economic conditions such as unemployment and fluctuating food, gasolineenergy and energy costs, rising medical costs, and a continued weakness in housingthe last to feel the effects of improving economic conditions. Our customer has experienced both positive and consumer credit markets,negative general economic factors during 2015, such as lower gasoline prices and the timetableunemployment rates coupled with rising rents and strengthmedical costs. The overall financial impact of economic recovery remains uncertain. The longerthese factors to our customers have to manage under such difficult conditions, the more difficult ithas been inconsistent and their duration is for them to stretch their spending dollars, particularly for discretionary purchases. Nonetheless, as a result of our long-term mission of serving these customers, coupled with a vigorous focus on improving our operating and financial performance, our 2012 and 2011 financial results were strong, and we remain optimistic with regard to executing our initiatives in 2013.unknown.

        At the beginning of 2008, we defined fourOur operating priorities whichcontinue to evolve as we remainconsistently strive to improve our performance while retaining our customer-centric focus. We are keenly focused on executing. These priorities are:executing the following priorities: 1) drive productivedriving profitable sales growth, 2) increasecapturing growth opportunities, 3) enhancing our gross margins, 3) leverage process improvements and information technology to reduce costs,position as a low-cost operator, and 4) strengthen and expand Dollar General's culture of serving others.investing in our people as a competitive advantage.

        Our first priority is driving productiveWe seek to drive profitable sales growth by increasing shopper frequency and transaction amount and maximizing sales per square foot. In 2012, sales in same-stores increased by 4.7%, due to increases in both traffic and average transaction. Inflation had a lesser impact in 2012 than in 2011. Sales in same-stores were aided by continued enhancements to our category management processes which help us determine the most productive merchandise offerings for our customers. Specific sales growththrough initiatives in 2012 included: continuedsuch as improvement in merchandiseour in-stock levels;position, as well as an ongoing focus on enhancing our margins while maintaining both everyday low price and affordability.


        The degree of success of these initiatives is often reflected in our same-store sales results and in the level of improvement in shopper frequency and number of items sold and average transaction amount. For the 2015 fourth quarter, we believe these ongoing initiatives helped to drive the same-store sales growth in three out of our own private brands, which generallyfour product categories, reflecting increases in both customer traffic and average transaction amount for the 32nd consecutive quarter when compared to the prior year quarter.

        To support our other operating priorities we also are focused on capturing growth opportunities and innovating within our channel. We continued to expand our store count, opening 730 stores during 2015. We also have higher gross profit rates than national brands. Commodities cost inflation moderated in 2012 followingcontinued our store remodeling efforts and remodeled or relocated a yeartotal of significant increases throughout 2011. Accordingly, overall price increases passed through881 stores during 2015. In fiscal 2016, we have plans to open 900 stores and to relocate or remodel 875 stores, and we plan to maintain our customers were less in 2012. We remain committed to our seasonal, home, and apparel categories, although we expect theaccelerated square footage growth of consumablesapproximately six to eight percent during 2017. We continue to outpace these categories againinnovate within our channel, and during 2016 we will implement the DG16 store format. This store format will include additional cooler doors, a redesigned queueing area, and other enhancements that are focused on meeting the evolving demands of our core customer while also delivering on our operating priorities. In addition, we are testing a smaller format store (less than 6,000 square feet) which we believe could allow us to capture growth opportunities in 2013 duemetropolitan areas.

        We have established a position as a low-cost operator, continuously seeking ways to anticipated continued economic pressures which limit our customers' discretionary spending.

        Our third priority is leveraging process improvements and information technology to reduce costs. We are committed as an organization to extractcontrol costs particularly Selling, general and administrative expenses (SG&A) that do not affect our customer's shopping experience. We have enhanced this position during the customer experience,latter part of 2015 and planinto 2016 through our zero-based budgeting initiative, streamlining our business while also reducing expenses. Our goal is to utilizelower the same-store sales growth required to leverage selling, general and administrative ("SG&A") expenses. As part of this initiative we reduced approximately 255 positions within our procurement capabilitiescorporate support function in the third quarter of 2015 and other initiativesexpect to furtherreinvest a portion of these efforts.savings in the business as we deem appropriate. In 2012,addition, at the store level, we again focused on loweringremain committed to simplifying or eliminating various tasks so that those time savings can be reinvested by our store labor costsmanagers in other areas such as a percentage of sales while improvingensuring customer service, improved in-stock levels, and improved store standards. We will continue to seek additional opportunities to enhance our overall customer experience. We further utilized our new workforce management system and simplified many of our store processes, resulting in significant cost savings as a percentage of sales.low-cost position.

        Our fourth priority isemployees are a competitive advantage, and we are always searching for ways to strengthen and expand Dollar General's culture of serving others. For customers this means helping them "Save time. Save money. Every day!" by providing clean, well-stocked stores with quality products at low prices. Forcontinue investing in them. Our training programs are continually evolving, as we work to ensure that our employees this means creatinghave the tools necessary to be successful in their positions. We invest in our employees in an effort to create an environment that attracts and retains keytalented personnel, as we believe that, particularly at the store level, employees throughout the organization. For the public, this means giving backwho are promoted from within generally have longer tenures and are greater contributors to improvements in our financial performance. Furthermore, we believe that reducing our store communities through our charitablemanager turnover likely results in improved store financial performance in areas such as shrink and sales. We have also implemented training programs for high-potential employees, and believe that these and other efforts. In 2012, we, along with our vendors, customers and employees, donated millions of dollars through our various charitable initiatives. For shareholders, this means meeting their expectations of an efficiently and profitably run organization that operates with compassion and integrity.efforts will produce a more stable, engaged workforce.

        Our continued focus on these four operating priorities, coupled with strong cash flow management and share repurchases resulted in improved 2012solid overall operating and financial performance over the prior yearin 2015 as compared to 2014 as follows. Note that fiscal 2012 consisted of 52 weeks while 2011 consisted of 53 weeks. Basis points, as referred to below, are equal to 0.01 percent of totalnet sales.



        Also in 2012, we refinanced the remaining $451 million of our 11.875%/12.625% outstanding senior subordinated notes with the issuance of $500 million of 4.125% senior notes due 2017, further reducing interest expense and strengthening our financial position. Also in 2012,2015, we repurchased approximately 14.417.6 million shares of our outstanding common stock for $671.4 million.$1.3 billion.

        In 2013,2016, we plan to continue to focus on our four key operating priorities. We willexpect our sales growth in 2016 to again be driven primarily by consumables, although we expect non-consumables sales to continue to refinecontribute to our profitable sales growth. Same-store sales growth is key to achieving our objectives, and improvewe have implemented targeted actions to drive same-store sales in 2016, such as updating our store standards in an attemptcustomer segmentation to increase sales, focusing on maintaining a consistent look and feel acrossgain deeper insights into the chain. Continued progress on improvingspending habits for each of our merchandise in-stock position is an important element in improving overallcore customer service and increasing sales. As part ofsegments. This helps drive our category management program,process, as we planoptimize our assortment and expand into those categories that are most likely to improve the square footage utilization in our legacy stores that have not been converteddrive traffic to our current customer centricstores. Our continued focus on on-shelf availability and affordability also should assist in growing transactions and number of items sold. Our new store format in additionwill offer a total of 22 cooler doors, an increase of six cooler doors as compared to expanding our refrigerated food offerings in approximately 1,500 existing stores. We haveprevious new store format and will be utilized for all new stores, relocations and remodels.

        Other key 2016 initiatives underway to increaseinclude our margins on many items within our consumables category, fromzero-based budgeting initiative, which the majority of our sales are generated. We plan to add approximately 320 new private brand consumables items during the year and by the end of our second fiscal quarter, we expect to offer tobacco productstake costs out of the business that do not affect the customer experience, ongoing supply chain improvements, and investing in most of our locations. We believe tobacco products will help drive additional sales through both increased traffic and average transaction amount, althoughpeople. In addition, we expect these products to result in a reduction of our gross profit rate. We also plan to continue to introduce new non-consumable products that we believe will resonate with our customers' needs and desires. We will continue our focused shrink reduction efforts by employing our exception reporting tools, enhanced shrink optimization processes and defensive merchandising fixtures. We will also continue to pursue global opportunities to directly source a larger portionrepurchase shares of our products, withcommon stock and pay quarterly cash dividends, subject to Board discretion, to further enhance shareholder return. However, we are facing potential regulatory changes relating to overtime exemptions under the potential for significant savingsFair Labor Standards Act, which, if implemented, are expected to currentincrease our labor costs and to utilizenegatively affect our overall purchasing expertise to reduce our domestic purchase costs.operating results.

        We believe that there is opportunity to improve our inventory turns, and we are focused in 2013 on improved inventory management. Initiatives in process include operational efforts to optimize presentation levels, improve in-stock levels, and enhance forecasting and allocation execution. We are also in the process of implementing an improved supply chain solution to assist in promotional and core inventory forecasting, ordering, monitoring and improving inventory visibility from purchase to receipt to maintain efficient levels of inventory. Eventually, all of our SKUs will be managed through the new supply chain solution. We expect this new supply chain solution to also improve several processes in the stores which we believe will result in work simplification and enhance our view of inventory levels in the supply chain.

        With regard to leveraging information technology and process improvements to reduce costs, we expect to gain further efficiencies with additional utilization of our workforce management systems and improved store technology and communications capabilities. We will also seek to enhance our procurement capabilities and take additional steps to augment our strong culture of cost reduction.

        Finally, we are pleased with the performance of our 2012 new stores, remodels and relocations, and in 2013 we plan to open 635 new stores and remodel or relocate an additional 550 stores.

        Key Financial Metrics.    We have identified the following as our most critical financial metrics:


        Readers should refer to the detailed discussion of our operating results below for additional comments on financial performance in the current year periods as compared with the prior year periods.


Results of Operations

        Accounting Periods.    The following text contains references to years 2012, 20112015, 2014, and 2010,2013, which represent fiscal years ended February 1, 2013, February 3, 2012January 29, 2016, January 30, 2015, and January 28, 2011,31, 2014, respectively. Our fiscal year ends on the Friday closest to January 31. Fiscal year 2011 was a 53-week accounting period andAll referenced fiscal years 2012 and 2010 were 52-week accounting periods.

        Seasonality.    The nature of our business is seasonal to a certain extent. Primarily because of sales of holiday-related merchandise, sales in our fourth quarter (November, December and January) have historically been higher than sales achieved in each of the first three quarters of the fiscal year. Expenses, and to a greater extent operating profit, vary by quarter. Results of a period shorter than a full year may not be indicative of results expected for the entire year. Furthermore, the seasonal nature of our business may affect comparisons between periods. For more information about the seasonality of our business, see "Seasonality" included in Part 1, Item 1 of this report.


        The following table contains results of operations data for fiscal years 2012, 20112015, 2014 and 2010,2013, and the dollar and percentage variances among those years.


  
  
  
 2012 vs. 2011 2011 vs. 2010   
  
  
 2015 vs. 2014 2014 vs. 2013 
(amounts in millions, except per share amounts)
 2012 2011 2010 Amount
Change
 %
Change
 Amount
Change
 %
Change
  2015 2014 2013 Amount
Change
 %
Change
 Amount
Change
 %
Change
 

Net sales by category:

                

Consumables

 $11,844.8 $10,833.7 $9,332.1 $1,011.1 9.3%$1,501.6 16.1% $15,457.6 $14,321.1 $13,161.8 $1,136.5 7.9%$1,159.3 8.8%

% of net sales

 73.93% 73.17% 71.59%          75.89% 75.73% 75.19%         

Seasonal

 2,172.4 2,051.1 1,887.9 121.3 5.9 163.2 8.6  2,522.7 2,345.0 2,259.5 177.7 7.6 85.5 3.8 

% of net sales

 13.56% 13.85% 14.48%          12.39% 12.40% 12.91%         

Home products

 1,061.6 1,005.2 917.6 56.4 5.6 87.6 9.5  1,289.4 1,205.4 1,115.6 84.1 7.0 89.7 8.0 

% of net sales

 6.63% 6.79% 7.04%          6.33% 6.37% 6.37%         

Apparel

 943.3 917.1 897.3 26.2 2.9 19.8 2.2  1,098.8 1,038.1 967.2 60.7 5.8 71.0 7.3 

% of net sales

 5.89% 6.19% 6.88%          5.39% 5.49% 5.53%         
               

Net sales

 $16,022.1 $14,807.2 $13,035.0 $1,214.9 8.2%$1,772.2 13.6% $20,368.6 $18,909.6 $17,504.2 $1,459.0 7.7%$1,405.4 8.0%

Cost of goods sold

 10,936.7 10,109.3 8,858.4 827.4 8.2 1,250.8 14.1  14,062.5 13,107.1 12,068.4 955.4 7.3 1,038.7 8.6 

% of net sales

 68.26% 68.27% 67.96%          69.04% 69.31% 68.95%         
               

Gross profit

 5,085.4 4,697.9 4,176.6 387.5 8.2 521.4 12.5  6,306.1 5,802.5 5,435.7 503.6 8.7 366.8 6.7 

% of net sales

 31.74% 31.73% 32.04%          30.96% 30.69% 31.05%         

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 3,430.1 3,207.1 2,902.5 223.0 7.0 304.6 10.5  4,365.8 4,033.4 3,699.6 332.4 8.2 333.9 9.0 

% of net sales

 21.41% 21.66% 22.27%          21.43% 21.33% 21.14%         
               

Operating profit

 1,655.3 1,490.8 1,274.1 164.5 11.0 216.7 17.0  1,940.3 1,769.1 1,736.2 171.2 9.7 32.9 1.9 

% of net sales

 10.33% 10.07% 9.77%          9.53% 9.36% 9.92%         

Interest expense

 127.9 204.9 274.0 (77.0) (37.6) (69.1) (25.2) 86.9 88.2 89.0 (1.3) (1.5) (0.8) (0.8)

% of net sales

 0.80% 1.38% 2.10%          0.43% 0.47% 0.51%         

Other (income) expense

 30.0 60.6 15.1 (30.7) (50.6) 45.5 301.4  0.3  18.9 0.3  (18.9) (100.0)

% of net sales

 0.19% 0.41% 0.12%          0.00% 0.00% 0.11%         
               

Income before income taxes

 1,497.4 1,225.3 985.0 272.1 22.2 240.3 24.4  1,853.0 1,680.9 1,628.3 172.2 10.2 52.5 3.2 

% of net sales

 9.35% 8.27% 7.56%          9.10% 8.89% 9.30%         

Income taxes

 544.7 458.6 357.1 86.1 18.8 101.5 28.4  687.9 615.5 603.2 72.4 11.8 12.3 2.0 

% of net sales

 3.40% 3.10% 2.74%          3.38% 3.26% 3.45%         
               

Net income

 $952.7 $766.7 $627.9 $186.0 24.3%$138.8 22.1% $1,165.1 $1,065.3 $1,025.1 $99.7 9.4%$40.2 3.9%

% of net sales

 5.95% 5.18% 4.82%          5.72% 5.63% 5.86%         
               

Diluted earnings per share

 $2.85 $2.22 $1.82 $0.63 28.4%$0.40 22.0% $3.95 $3.49 $3.17 $0.46 13.2%$0.32 10.1%
               

        Net Sales.    The net sales increase in 20122015 reflects a same-store sales increase of 4.7%2.8% compared to 2011.2014. For 2012,2015, there were 9,78311,706 same-stores which accounted for sales of $14.99$19.25 billion. Same-stores include stores that have been open for at least 13 months and remain open at the end of the reporting period. Same-storeChanges in same-store sales increases are calculated based on the comparable calendar weeks in the


prior year.year, and include stores that have been remodeled, expanded or relocated. The remainder of the increase in sales in 20122015 was attributable to new stores, partially offset by sales from closed stores. The increase in sales reflects increased customer traffic and average transaction amounts. Increases in sales of consumables slightly outpaced our non-consumables, with sales of candy and snacks, perishables, tobacco products, and food contributing the majority of the increase in sales of consumables.

        The net sales increase in 2014 reflects a same-store sales increase of 2.8% compared to 2013. For 2014, there were 11,052 same-stores which accounted for sales of $17.82 billion. The remainder of the increase in sales in 2014 was attributable to new stores, partially offset by sales from closed stores. The increase in sales reflects increased customer traffic and average transaction amounts as a result ofresulting from the refinement of ourthe Company's merchandise offerings, improvements in our category management processesincluding a full year's sales of tobacco products, the expansion of perishables, and store standards, and increasedenhanced utilization of store square footage in our stores.footage. Increases in sales of consumables outpaced our non-consumables, with sales of snacks,tobacco products, perishables, and candy beverages and perishablessnacks contributing the majority of the increase throughout the year.


        The net sales increase in 2011 reflects a same-store sales increase of 6.0% compared to 2010. For 2011, there were 9,254 same-stores which accounted for sales of $13.63 billion. Accordingly, the same store sales percentage for 2011 excludes sales from the 53rd week as there was no comparable week in 2010. Net sales for the 53rd week of 2011 totaled $289.3 million. The remainder of the increase in sales in 2011 was attributable to new stores, partially offset by sales from closed stores. The increase in sales reflects increased customer traffic and average transaction amounts, which is the result of the continued refinement of our merchandise offerings, the optimization of our category management processes, further improvement in store standards, and an increase in sales prices resulting primarily from passing through certain cost increases and increased utilization of square footage in our stores. Increases in sales of consumables outpaced our non-consumables, with sales of packaged foods, snacks, beverages and perishables, contributing the majority of the increase throughout the year.consumables.

        Of our four major merchandise categories, the consumables category, which generally has a lower gross profit rate than the other three categories, has grown most significantly over the past several years. Because of the impact of sales mix on gross profit, we continually review our merchandise mix and strive to adjust it when appropriate. Maintaining an appropriate sales mix is an integral part of achieving our gross profit and sales goals. Both the number of customer transactions and average transaction amount increased in 2012 and 2011, and we believe that our stores have benefited to some degree from attracting new customers who are seeking value as a result of the challenging macroeconomic environment in recent years.

        Gross Profit.    The gross profit rate as a percentage of sales was 31.7%31.0% in both 20122015 compared to 30.7% in 2014. Gross profit increased by 8.7% in 2015, and 2011. Factors favorably impacting ouras a percentage of sales, increased by 27 basis points. The gross profit rate include a significantlyincrease in 2015 as compared to 2014 primarily reflects lower LIFO provision, highertransportation costs and an improved rate of inventory markups, and improved transportation efficiencies due in part to a decrease in average miles per delivery enabled by our new distribution centers and other logistics initiatives. These positive factors wereshrinkage, partially offset by higher markdowns, a reduction in price increases and a modest increase in our inventory shrinkage rate compared to 2011. In addition, consumables, which generally have lower markups than non-consumables, represented a greater percentage of sales in 2012 than in 2011.increased markdowns. We recorded a LIFO provisionbenefit of $1.4$2.3 million in 20122015 compared to a $47.7LIFO provision of $4.2 million provision in 2011, primarily as a result of lower inflation on commodities.2014.

        The gross profit rate as a percentage of sales was 31.7%30.7% in 20112014 compared to 32.0%31.1% in 2010,2013. Gross profit increased by 6.7% in 2014, and as a decline of 31 basis points. Consumables also represented a greater percentage of sales, decreased by 36 basis points. The most significant factor affecting the gross profit rate was an increase in 2011 than in 2010. Our purchase costs increasedmarkdowns, primarily due to increased commodity costs.promotions driven by competitive pressures. In addition, we incurred higher markdownsexperienced a continued trend of consumables comprising a larger portion of our net sales, primarily as the result of increased sales of lower margin consumables including tobacco products and our transportation costsexpanded perishables offerings. These factors were impactedpartially offset by higher fuel rates in 2011. Ourinitial inventory markups. We recorded a LIFO provision increased to $47.7of $4.2 million in 20112014 compared to $5.3a LIFO benefit of $11.0 million in 2010. In 2011, our mix of home and apparel merchandise decreased as percentage of sales and the gross profit rate within these categories decreased due, in part, to higher markdowns. Factors positively affecting gross profit include the selective price increases noted above as well as lower inventory shrinkage and distribution center costs, as a percentage of sales.2013.

        SG&A Expense.&A.    SG&A expense was 21.4% as a percentage of sales in 20122015 compared to 21.7%21.3% in 2011,2014, an improvementincrease of 2510 basis points. Retail labor expense increased at a lower rate than our increaseThe 2015 results reflect increases in sales, partially due to ongoing benefits of our workforce management system coupled with savings due to various store work simplification initiatives. Also positively impacting SG&A was lower legal settlementincentive compensation expenses, repairs and maintenance expenses, occupancy costs, in 2012 due to two legal matters settled in 2011 for a combined expense of $13.1 million and the impact of decreased expenses ($2.9 million in 2012 compared to $11.1 million in 2011) relating to secondary offerings of our common stock. Costs that increased at a rate higher than our sales increase include rent expense, fees associated with thean increase in debit card transactions. Partially offsetting these items was a higher volume of cash back transactions resulting in increased useconvenience fees collected from customers. The 2014 results reflect expenses of debit cards and depreciation expense, primarily$14.3 million, or 8 basis points as a percentage of sales, related to additions of certain store equipment and fixtures.an acquisition that was not completed.

        SG&A expense was 21.7%21.3% as a percentage of sales in 20112014 compared to 22.3%21.1% in 2010,2013, an improvementincrease of 6119 basis points reflecting the favorable impact of the 13.6%points. The 2014 results reflect a significant increase in sales. In


addition,incentive compensation expense, as our 2013 financial performance did not satisfy certain performance requirements under our cash incentive compensation program. The 2014 results also reflect increases in rent and utilities. Partially offsetting these increased costs were retail labor expense, which increased at a rate lower than our increase in sales, partially duethe introduction of convenience fees charged to customers for cash back on debit card transactions, and a reduction in workers' compensation and general liability expenses. The 2014 period included expenses of $14.3 million relating to an acquisition that was not completed, while the rollout2013 results include expenses of our workforce management system. A decrease in incentive compensation driven by more aggressive bonus targets, and various cost reduction efforts affecting rent, benefits, electricity and other power costs, among other expenses, also contributed to the overall decrease in SG&A as a percentage of sales. Costs that increased at a rate higher than our increase in sales included those associated with a high speed store data network rollout, depreciation and amortization expense, and fees associated with the increased use of debit cards. Depreciation and amortization increases were primarily due to investments in the store data network and store properties purchased. SG&A in 2010 includes expenses totaling $19.7$8.5 million for expenses (primarily share-based compensation) incurred in connection with secondary offeringsa legal settlement of our common stock.a previously decertified collective action.


        Interest Expense.    The decreaseInterest expense decreased $1.3 million to $86.9 million in interest expense in 20122015 compared to 2011 is due to lower average outstanding long-term obligations, resulting from our repurchases and refinancing of indebtedness in 2012 and 2011 and lower all-in interest rates on our long-term obligations.2014. See Liquiditythe detailed discussion under "Liquidity and Capital Resources below for further discussion.Resources" regarding the financing of various long-term obligations.

        The decreaseInterest expense remained relatively constant in interest expense in 20112014 compared to 2010 was primarily the result of lower average outstanding long-term obligations and lower average interest rates due to the redemption of our senior notes due 2015 with cash and borrowings under our revolving credit facility in the first half of 2011 and lower all-in interest rates on our term loan, primarily due to reduced notional amounts on our interest rate swaps.2013.

        We had outstanding variable-rate debt of $1.39 billion$686.6 million and $1.63 billion$62.0 million as of February 1, 2013January 29, 2016 and February 3, 2012,January 30, 2015, respectively, after taking into consideration the impact of interest rate swaps.swaps in effect at January 30, 2015. The remainder of our outstanding indebtedness at February 1, 2013January 29, 2016 and February 3, 2012January 30, 2015 was fixed rate debt.

        See the detailed discussion under "Liquidity and Capital Resources" regarding repurchases and refinancing of various long-term obligations and the related effect on interest expense in the periods presented.

        Other (Income) Expense.    In 2012,2015, we recorded pretax losses of $29.0$0.3 million resulting from repurchasesrelated to the refinancing of $450.7 million aggregate principal amount of our Senior Subordinated Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest.

long-term debt. In 2011,2013, we recorded pretax losses of $60.3 million resulting from repurchases of $864.3 million aggregate principal amount of our senior notes due 2015 plus accrued and unpaid interest.

        In 2010, we recorded pretax losses of $14.7$18.9 million resulting from the repurchase in the open market of $115.0 million aggregate principal amounttermination of our senior notes due 2015 plus accrued and unpaid interest.secured credit facilities.

        Income Taxes.    The effective income tax rates for 2012, 2011,2015, 2014 and 20102013 were expenses of 36.4%37.1%, 37.4%,36.6% and 36.3%37.0%, respectively.

        The 2012 effective income tax rate for 2015 was 37.1% compared to a rate of 36.4% was greater than the statutory36.6% for 2014 which represents a net increase of 0.5 percentage points. The effective income tax rate of 35% due primarily to the inclusion of state income taxes in the total effective tax rate. The 2012 effective tax rate of 36.4% was lower than the 2011 rate of 37.4%in 2014 due primarilyprincipally to the favorable resolution of a federal income tax examination during 2012.

        The 2011 effective tax rate of 37.4% was greater than the statutory tax rate of 35% due primarily to the inclusion ofand state income taxesreserve releases in the total effective tax rate. The 2011 effective rate was greater than the 2010 rate of 36.3% primarily due to the effective resolution of various examinations by the taxing authorities in 20102014 that did not reoccur, to the same extent, in 2011. These factors resulted2015. As in prior years, we receive a significant income tax benefit related to wages paid to certain newly hired employees that qualify for federal jobs credits (principally the Work Opportunity Tax Credit or "WOTC"). In December 2015, Congress retroactively extended the federal law authorizing the WOTC for the period from January 1, 2015 through December 31, 2019. Accordingly, based on current law, the WOTC should be available for our 2016 through 2019 fiscal years.

        The effective income tax rate increases in 2011, asfor 2014 was 36.6% compared to 2010, associated with state income taxes anda rate of 37.0% for 2013 which represents a net decrease of 0.4 percentage points. The effective income tax related interest expense. Increases in federal jobs related tax credits, primarilyrate decreased from 2013 due principally to the Hire Act's Retention Credit, reduced the effective rate in 2011 as compared to 2010. The Retention Credit was only effective for 2011.


        The 2010 effective tax rate of 36.3% was greater than the statutory tax rate of 35%, also due primarily to the inclusionfavorable resolution of state income taxestax examinations and other state income tax reserves, which increased by a lesser amount in the total effective tax rate.2014 compared to 2013.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

        The entities involved in the ownership structure underlying the leases for three of our distribution centers meet the accounting definition of a Variable Interest Entity ("VIE"). One of these distribution centers has been recorded as a financing obligation whereby its property and equipment are reflected in our consolidated balance sheets. The land and buildings of the other two distribution centers have been recorded as operating leases. We are not the primary beneficiary of these VIEs and, accordingly, have not included these entities in our consolidated financial statements. Other than the foregoing, we are not party to any material off balance sheet arrangements.

Effects of Inflation

        We experienced little or no overall product cost inflation in 2012 or 2010. In 2011, we experienced increased commodity cost pressures mainly related to food, housewares2015, 2014 and apparel products which were driven by increases in cotton, sugar, coffee, groundnut, resin, petroleum and other raw material commodity costs. We believe that our ability to selectively increase selling prices in response to cost increases in 2011 partially mitigated the effect of these cost increases on our overall results of operations.2013.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Current Financial Condition and Recent Developments

        During the past three years, we have generated an aggregate of approximately $3.0$3.91 billion in cash flows from operating activities and incurred approximately $1.51$1.42 billion in capital expenditures. During that period, we expanded the number of stores we operate by 1,678,1,977, representing growth of approximately 19%, and we remodeled or relocated 1,6712,378 stores, or approximately 16%,19% of the stores we operated as of February 1, 2013.January 29, 2016. We intend to continue our current strategy of pursuing store growth, remodels and relocations in 20132016.


        We have a five-year $1.425 billion unsecured credit agreement (the "Facilities"), and for the next several years.

we have outstanding $2.3 billion aggregate principal amount of senior notes. At February 1, 2013,January 29, 2016, we had total outstanding debt (including the current portion of long-term obligations) of $2.77$2.97 billion, which includes our senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility ("ABL Facility" and, together withbalances under the Term Loan Facility, the "Credit Facilities"),Facilities, and senior notes, all of which are described in greater detail below. We had $873.4$722.0 million available for borrowing under the ABL FacilityFacilities at February 1, 2013.January 29, 2016. The information contained in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements under the heading "Borrowing Facilities and 2015 Refinancing" contained in Part II, Item 8 of this report is incorporated herein by reference. Cash and cash equivalents decreased by $421.9 million in 2015, primarily due to the suspension of share repurchases during the portion of 2014 that coincided with our attempted acquisition, resulting in higher than normal cash and cash equivalents balances at the end of 2014.

        We believe our cash flow from operations and existing cash balances, combined with availability under the Credit Facilities (describedas discussed in greater detail below),below and access to the debt markets will provide sufficient liquidity to fund our current obligations, projected working capital requirements, and capital spending and anticipated dividend payments for a period that includes the next twelve months as well as the next several years. However, our ability to maintain sufficient liquidity may be affected by numerous factors, many of which are outside of our control. Depending on our liquidity levels, conditions in the capital markets and other factors, we may from time to time consider the issuance of debt, equity or other securities, the proceeds of which could provide additional liquidity for our operations.

Facilities

        We intendOn October 20, 2015, we consummated a refinancing pursuant to refinance outstanding amounts underwhich we amended and restated our secured Creditsenior unsecured credit facilities. The Facilities with new unsecured long-term debt of up to $2.3 billion, expected to consist of newa $425.0 million senior unsecured term loansloan facility (the "Term Facility") and newa $1.0 billion senior unsecured senior notes. In addition, we intend to enter into a new unsecured cash flow based revolving credit facility (the "Revolving Facility") which is currently expected to have no initial revolver borrowings outstanding. The actual amounts and typeprovides for the issuance of financing is dependent on market conditions and other factors. Although we currently anticipate completing this financing in the first quarter of 2013, there can be no assurance that we will complete the refinancing on the foregoing terms or at all.


Credit Facilities

        Overview.    The Credit Facilities consist of the $1.964 billion Term Loan Facility and the ABL Facility which has a maximum of $1.2 billion (of which up to $350.0 million is available for letters of credit), subject to borrowing base availability. The ABL Facility includes borrowing capacity available for letters of credit and for short-term borrowings referredup to as swingline loans.

        We amended the Term Loan Facility and the ABL Facility in March 2012.$175.0 million. The amendment of the Term Loan Facility resulted in the extension of the maturity on $879.7 million of the Term Loan FacilityFacilities are scheduled to July 6, 2017. The remaining $1.08 billion of the Term Loan Facility will mature on July 6, 2014. The applicable margin for borrowings under the Term Loan Facility remains unchanged. The amendment of the ABL Facility extended the maturity of the ABL Facility to July 6, 2014, and increased the total commitment to $1.2 billion.October 20, 2020.

        Interest Rates and Fees.        Borrowings under the Credit Facilities bear interest at a rate equal to an applicable interest rate margin plus, at our option, either (a) LIBOR or (b) a base rate (which is usually equal to the prime rate). The applicable interest rate margin for borrowings under the Term Loan Facility is 2.75%as of January 29, 2016 was 1.10% for LIBOR borrowings and 1.75%0.10% for base-rate borrowings. We must also pay a facility fee, payable on any used and unused commitment amounts of the Facilities, and customary fees on letters of credit issued under the Revolving Facility. The applicable interest rate margins for borrowings, the facility fees and the letter of credit fees under the Facilities are subject to adjustment from time to time based on our long-term senior unsecured debt ratings. The weighted average all-in interest rate for borrowings under the Term Loan FacilityFacilities was 3.0% (without giving effect to the market rate swaps discussed below)1.65% as of February 1, 2013.January 29, 2016.

        As of February 1, 2013, the applicable margin for borrowings under the ABL Facility was 1.50% for LIBOR borrowings and 0.50% for base-rate borrowings, and the commitment fee to the lenders for any unutilized commitments was 0.375% per annum. See Item 7A. "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk" below for a discussion of our use of interest rate swaps to manage our interest rate risk.

        Prepayments.    The senior secured credit agreement for the Term Loan Facility requires us to prepay outstanding term loans, subject to certain exceptions, with:

        The mandatory prepayments discussed above willFacilities can be applied to the Term Loan Facility as directed by the senior secured credit agreement. No prepayments have been required under the prepayment provisions listed above. The Term Loan Facility can bevoluntarily prepaid in whole or in part at any time.

        In addition, the senior secured credit agreement for the ABL Facility requires us to prepay the ABL Facility, subject to certain exceptions, as follows:

        The mandatory prepayments discussed above will be applied to the ABL Facility as directed by the senior secured credit agreement for the ABL Facility. No prepayments have beentime without penalty. There is no required amortization under the prepayment provisions listed above.


        An event of default under the senior secured credit agreements will occur upon a change of control as defined in the senior secured credit agreements governing our Credit Facilities. Upon an event of default, indebtedness under the CreditThe Facilities may be accelerated, in which case we will be required to repay all outstanding loans plus accrued and unpaid interest and all other amounts outstanding under the Credit Facilities.

        Guarantee and Security.    All obligations under the Credit Facilities are unconditionally guaranteed by substantially all of our existing and future domestic subsidiaries (excluding certain immaterial subsidiaries and certain subsidiaries designated by us under our senior secured credit agreements as "unrestricted subsidiaries"), referred to, collectively, as U.S. Guarantors.

        All obligations and related guarantees under the Term Loan Facility are secured by:

        Certain Covenants and Events of Default.    The senior secured credit agreements contain a number of customary affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, ourthe Company's and its subsidiaries ability to:

business; and incur additional subsidiary indebtedness. The senior secured credit agreementsFacilities also contain certainfinancial covenants that require the maintenance of a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and a maximum leverage ratio. As of January 29, 2016, we were in compliance with all such covenants. The Facilities also contain customary affirmative covenants and events of default.

        At February 1, 2013, weAs of January 29, 2016, under the Revolving Facility, the Company had the following amounts outstanding under our ABL Facility: borrowings of $286.5$251.0 million, andstandby letters of credit of $40.1$27.0 million, and borrowing availability of $722.0 million. WeIn addition, we had outstanding commercial letters of credit of $11.7 million.


        For the remainder of fiscal 2016, we anticipate potential borrowings under any outstanding revolving credit facility during the remainder of 2013Revolving Facility up to a maximum of approximately $500 million outstanding at any one time, which may includeincluding any anticipated borrowings for the shareto fund repurchases discussed below.of common stock.

Senior Notes due 2017

        Overview.        On July 12, 2012,October 20, 2015, we issued $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of 4.150% senior notes due 2025 (the "2025 Senior Notes"), net of discount of $0.8 million, which are scheduled to mature on November 1, 2025. In addition, we have $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of 4.125% senior notes due 2017 (the "Senior"2017 Senior Notes") which are scheduled to mature on July 15, 2017, $400.0 million aggregate principal amount of 1.875% senior notes due 2018 (the "2018 Senior Notes"), net of discount of $0.2 million, which are scheduled to mature on April 15, 2018; and $900.0 million aggregate principal amount of 3.25% senior notes due 2023 (the "2023 Senior Notes"), net of discount of $1.8 million, which are scheduled to mature on April 15, 2023. Collectively, the 2017 Senior Notes, the 2018 Senior Notes, the 2023 Senior Notes and the 2025 Senior Notes comprise the "Senior Notes", each of which were issued pursuant to an indenture as supplemented and aamended by supplemental indentureindentures relating to each dated asseries of July 12, 2012 (together,Senior Notes (as so supplemented and amended, the "Senior Indenture").


Interest on the 2017 Senior Notes is payable in cash on January 15 and July 15 of each year, and commencedyear. Interest on January 15, 2013. Thethe 2018 Senior Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteedthe 2023 Senior Notes is payable in cash on a senior unsecured basis byApril 15 and October 15 of each year. Interest on the 2025 Senior Notes is payable in cash on May 1 and November 1 of each year, commencing on May 1, 2016. The net proceeds from the sale of the existing2025 Senior Notes were used, together with borrowings under the Facilities, to repay all outstanding borrowings under the then-existing credit agreement and future direct or indirect domestic subsidiaries that guarantee the obligations under our Credit Facilities.for general corporate purposes.

        We may redeem some or all of the Senior Notes at any time at redemption prices described or set forth in the Senior Indenture. We also may seek, from time to time, to retire some or all of the Senior Notes through cash purchases on the open market, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. Such repurchases, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. The amounts involved may be material.

        Change of Control. Upon the occurrence of a change of control triggering event, which is defined in the Senior Indenture, each holder of theour Senior Notes has the right to require us to repurchase some or all of such holder's Senior Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the repurchase date.

        Covenants.        The Senior Indenture contains covenants limiting, among other things, our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to (subject to certain exceptions): to consolidate, merge, or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; and our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to incur or guarantee indebtedness secured by liens on any shares of voting stock of significant subsidiaries.

        Events of Default.        The Senior Indenture also provides for events of default which, if any of them occurs, would permit or require the principal of and accrued interest on theour Senior Notes to become or to be declared due and payable.payable, as applicable.

Senior Subordinated Toggle Notes due 2017Sale Leaseback Transaction

        On July 15, 2012,In January 2014 we used netconsummated a transaction pursuant to which we sold and subsequently leased back the land, buildings and related improvements for 233 of our stores. This transaction resulted in cash proceeds from the sale of the Senior Notes to redeem the remaining $450.7 million outstanding aggregate principal amount of 11.875%/12.625% senior subordinated toggle notes due 2017 (the "Senior Subordinated Notes" which had been scheduled to mature on July 15, 2017) at a redemption price of 105.938% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, resulting in a pretax loss of $29.0approximately $281.6 million. The redemption was effected in accordance with the indenture dated as of July 6, 2007 governing the Senior Subordinated Notes. The pretax losses on these transactions are reflected in Other (income) expense in our 2012 consolidated statement of income. We funded the redemption price for the Senior Subordinated Notes with proceeds from the Senior Notes.

Senior Notes due 2015Rating Agencies

        On April 29, 2011,In October 2015, Standard & Poor's raised our senior unsecured debt rating and our corporate debt rating to BBB, both with a stable outlook, and Moody's reaffirmed our senior unsecured debt rating of Baa3 and changed our outlook to positive. Our current credit ratings, as well as future rating agency actions, could (i) impact our ability to finance our operations on satisfactory terms; (ii) affect our financing costs; and (iii) affect our insurance premiums and collateral requirements necessary for our self-insured programs. There can be no assurance that we repurchased in the open market $25.0 million outstanding aggregate principal amount of our 10.625% senior notes due 2015 at a redemption price of 107.0% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, resulting in a pretax loss of $2.2 million. On July 15, 2011, we redeemed the remaining $839.3 million outstanding aggregate principal amount of such notes (which had been scheduled to mature on July 15, 2015) at a redemption price of 105.313% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, resulting in a pretax loss of $58.1 million. The redemption was effected in accordance with the indenture dated as of July 6, 2007 governing the notes. The pretax losses on these transactions are reflected in Other (income) expense in our 2011 consolidated statement of income. We funded the redemption price with cash on hand and borrowings under the ABL Facility.

Adjusted EBITDA

        Under the agreements governing the Credit Facilities, certain limitations and restrictions could arise if we are notwill be able to satisfy and remain in compliance with specified financial ratios. Management


believes the most significant of such ratios is the senior secured incurrence test under the Credit Facilities. This test measures the ratio of the senior secured debt to Adjusted EBITDA. This ratio would need to be no greater than 4.25 to 1 to avoid such limitations and restrictions. As of February 1, 2013, this ratio was 1.1 to 1. Senior secured debt is defined asmaintain or improve our total debt secured by liens or similar encumbrances less cash and cash equivalents. EBITDA is defined as income (loss) from continuing operations before cumulative effect of change in accounting principles plus interest and other financing costs, net, provision for income taxes, and depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA, further adjusted to give effect to adjustments required in calculating this covenant ratio under our Credit Facilities. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not presentations made in accordance with U.S. GAAP, are not measures of financial performance or condition, liquidity or profitability, and should not be considered as an alternative to (1) net income, operating income or any other performance measures determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP or (2) operating cash flows determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Additionally, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not intended to be measures of free cash flow for management's discretionary use, as they do not consider certain cash requirements such as interest payments, tax payments and debt service requirements and replacements of fixed assets.

        Our presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Because not all companies use identical calculations, these presentations of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies. We believe that the presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is appropriate to provide additional information about the calculation of this financial ratio in the Credit Facilities. Adjusted EBITDA is a material component of this ratio. Specifically, non-compliance with the senior secured indebtedness ratio contained in our Credit Facilities could prohibit us from making investments, incurring liens, making certain restricted payments and incurring additional secured indebtedness (other than the additional funding provided for under the senior securedcurrent credit agreement and pursuant to specified exceptions).ratings.

        The calculation of Adjusted EBITDA under the Credit Facilities is as follows:

 
 Year Ended 
(in millions)
 February 1,
2013
 February 3,
2012
 

Net income

 $952.7 $766.7 

Add (subtract):

       

Interest expense

  127.9  204.9 

Depreciation and amortization

  293.5  264.1 

Income taxes

  544.7  458.6 
      

EBITDA

  1,918.8  1,694.3 
      

Adjustments:

       

Loss on debt retirement

  30.6  60.3 

(Gain) loss on hedging instruments

  (2.4) 0.4 

Non-cash expense for share-based awards

  21.7  15.3 

Litigation settlement and related costs, net

    13.1 

Indirect merger-related costs

  1.4  0.9 

Other non-cash charges (including LIFO)

  10.4  53.3 

Other

  2.5   
      

Total Adjustments

  64.2  143.3 
      

Adjusted EBITDA

 $1,983.0 $1,837.6 
      

Interest Rate Swaps

        WeFrom time to time, we use interest rate swaps to minimize the risk of adverse changes in interest rates. These swaps are intended to reduce risk by hedging an underlying economic exposure. Because of high correlation between the derivative financial instrument and the underlying exposure being hedged, fluctuations in the value of the financial instruments are generally offset by reciprocal changes in the value of the underlying economic exposure. Our principal interest rate exposure relates to outstanding amounts under our Credit Facilities. At February 1, 2013, we hadOn May 31, 2015, interest rate swaps with a total notional amount of approximately $875.0 million.million expired, and at January 29, 2016, we had no outstanding interest rate swaps. For more information see Item 7A, "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk" below.

Fair Value Accounting

        We have classified our interest rate swaps, as further discussed in Item 7A. below, in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, as the significant inputs to the overall valuations are based on market-observable data or information derived from or corroborated by market-observable data, including market-based inputs to models, model calibration to market-clearing transactions, broker or dealer quotations, or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. Where models are used, the selection of a particular model to value a derivative depends upon the contractual terms of, and specific risks inherent in, the instrument as well as the availability of pricing information in the market. We use similar models to value similar instruments. Valuation models require a variety of inputs, including contractual terms, market prices, yield curves, credit curves, measures of volatility, and correlations of such inputs. For our derivatives, all of which trade in liquid markets, model inputs can generally be verified.

        We incorporate credit valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect both our own nonperformance risk and the respective counterparty's nonperformance risk in the fair value measurements of our derivatives. The credit valuation adjustments are calculated by determining the total expected exposure of the derivatives (which incorporates both the current and potential future exposure) and then applying each counterparty's credit spread to the applicable exposure. For derivatives with two-way exposure, such as interest rate swaps, the counterparty's credit spread is applied to our exposure to the counterparty, and our own credit spread is applied to the counterparty's exposure to us, and the net credit valuation adjustment is reflected in our derivative valuations. The total expected exposure of a derivative is derived using market-observable inputs, such as yield curves and volatilities. The inputs utilized for our own credit spread are based on implied spreads from our publicly-traded debt. For counterparties with publicly available credit information, the credit spreads over LIBOR used in the calculations represent implied credit default swap spreads obtained from a third party credit data provider. In adjusting the fair value of our derivative contracts for the effect of nonperformance risk, we have considered the impact of netting and any applicable credit enhancements, such as collateral postings, thresholds, mutual puts, and guarantees. Additionally, we actively monitor counterparty credit ratings for any significant changes.

        As of February 1, 2013, the net credit valuation adjustments reduced the settlement values of our derivative liabilities by $0.2 million. Various factors impact changes in the credit valuation adjustments over time, including changes in the credit spreads of the parties to the contracts, as well as changes in market rates and volatilities, which affect the total expected exposure of the derivative instruments. When appropriate, valuations are also adjusted for various factors such as liquidity and bid/offer spreads, which factors we deemed to be immaterial as of February 1, 2013.


Contractual Obligations

        The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of February 1, 2013January 29, 2016 (in thousands):


 Payments Due by Period  Payments Due by Period 
Contractual obligations
 Total 1 year 1 - 3 years 3 - 5 years 5+ years  Total > 1 year 1 - 3 years 3 - 5 years 5+ years 

Long-term debt obligations

 $2,764,495 $ $1,370,390 $1,380,255 $13,850  $2,986,590 $215 $900,770 $677,080 $1,408,525 

Capital lease obligations

 7,733 892 2,034 2,114 2,693  4,806 1,164 1,412 920 1,310 

Interest(a)

 271,709 88,827 114,346 67,439 1,097  513,562 89,626 141,340 119,576 163,020 

Self-insurance liabilities(b)

 226,585 87,436 88,026 31,473 19,650  221,796 83,293 89,438 30,388 18,677 

Operating leases(c)

 4,535,218 611,595 1,077,713 852,464 1,993,446 
           

Operating lease obligations(c)

 7,229,243 866,444 1,614,931 1,353,567 3,394,301 

Subtotal

 $7,805,740 $788,750 $2,652,509 $2,333,745 $2,030,736  $10,955,997 $1,040,742 $2,747,891 $2,181,531 $4,985,833 
           

 


 Commitments Expiring by Period  Commitments Expiring by Period 
Commercial commitments(d)
 Total 1 year 1 - 3 years 3 - 5 years 5+ years  Total >1 year 1 - 3 years 3 - 5 years 5+ years 

Letters of credit

 $16,461 $16,461 $ $ $  $11,680 $11,680 $ $ $ 

Purchase obligations(e)

 622,128 565,954 56,174    722,630 722,630    
           

Subtotal

 $638,589 $582,415 $56,174 $ $  $734,310 $734,310 $ $ $ 
           

Total contractual obligations and commercial commitments(f)

 $8,444,329 $1,371,165 $2,708,683 $2,333,745 $2,030,736  $11,690,307 $1,775,052 $2,747,891 $2,181,531 $4,985,833 
           

(a)
Represents obligations for interest payments on long-term debt and capital lease obligations, and includes projected interest on variable rate long-term debt, using 20122015 year end rates.rates and balances. Variable rate long-term debt includes the balance of the senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility (which had a balance of $286.5$251 million as of January 29, 2016), the balance of our tax increment financing of $14.5$10.6 million, and the unhedged portionbalance of the senior secured term loan facility of $1.089 billion.$425 million.

(b)
We retain a significant portion of the risk for our workers' compensation, employee health insurance, general liability, property loss and automobile insurance. As these obligations do not have scheduled maturities, these amounts represent undiscounted estimates based upon actuarial assumptions. Reserves for workers' compensation and general liability which existed as of the date of a merger transaction in 2007 were discounted in order to arrive at estimated fair value. All other amounts are reflected on an undiscounted basis in our consolidated balance sheets.

(c)
Operating lease obligations are inclusive of amounts included in deferred rent and closed store obligations in our consolidated balance sheets.


(d)
Commercial commitments include information technology license and support agreements, supplies, fixtures, letters of credit for import merchandise, and other inventory purchase obligations.

(e)
Purchase obligations include legally binding agreements for software licenses and support, supplies, fixtures, and merchandise purchases (excluding such purchases subject to letters of credit).

(f)
We have potential payment obligations associated with uncertain tax positions that are not reflected in these totals. We anticipate that approximately $1.5 million of such amounts will be paid in the coming year. We are currently unable to make reasonably reliable estimates of the period of cash settlement with the taxing authorities for our remaining $23.4the $8.7 million of reserves for uncertain tax positions.

Share Repurchase Program

        On August 29, 2012, ourDecember 2, 2015, the Company's Board of Directors authorized a $500 million$1.0 billion increase to our existing common stock repurchase program. Our common stock repurchase program had a total remaining authorization of which $143.6approximately $924 million remained available for repurchase as of February 1, 2013. On March 19, 2013, our Board of Directors increased thisat January 29, 2016. Under the authorization, by an additional $500 million. As a result, as of March 25, 2013, the Company had $643.6 million available for the repurchase of common stock.

        The repurchase authorization has no expiration date and allows repurchases from time to timepurchases may be made in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions which could include repurchases from Buck Holdings, L.P., an existing shareholder of the Company, or other related parties if appropriate. The timing and number of shares purchased will depend on a variety of factors, such as price,time to time subject to market conditions, compliance with the covenants and restrictions under our senior secured credit facilities and other factors. Repurchases underconditions, and the program may be funded from available cash or borrowings underauthorization has no expiration date. For more detail about our ABL Facility. During 2012, we repurchased approximately 7.3 million shares under this authorization at a total cost of $356.4 million.

        On November 30, 2011, our Board of Directors authorized a $500 million common stockshare repurchase program, on terms similarsee Note 12 to the August 2012 authorization. During 2012, we repurchased approximately 7.1 million shares under this authorization at a total cost of $315.0 million, completing that authorization.

        In summary, we repurchased approximately 14.4 million shares of common stock at a total cost of $671.4 million in 2012, including approximately 11.7 million shares repurchased from Buck Holdings, L.P. at an aggregate cost of $550.0 million.consolidated financial statements.

Other Considerations

        We have no current plans to pay any cash dividends on our common stock and instead may retain earnings, if any, for future operation and expansion and common stock repurchases. Any decision to declare and pay dividends inOn March 8, 2016, the future will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors approved a quarterly cash dividend to shareholders of $0.25 per share which will be paid on April 12, 2016 to shareholders of record on March 29, 2016, an increase of $0.03 per share over quarterly dividends paid in 2015. Although the Board currently intends to continue regular quarterly cash dividends, the payment of future cash dividends are subject to certain limitations found in covenants in our Credit Facilities as discussed in more detail above,the Board's discretion and will depend on,upon, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant.

        Our inventory balance represented approximately 50%54% of our total assets exclusive of goodwill and other intangible assets as of February 1, 2013.January 29, 2016. Our proficiency in managingability to effectively manage our inventory balances can have a significant impact on our cash flows from operations during a given fiscal year. As a result, efficientInventory purchases are often somewhat seasonal in nature, such as the purchase of warm-weather or Christmas-related merchandise. Efficient management of our inventory management has been and continues to be an area of focus for us.

        As described in Note 98 to the Consolidated Financial Statements,consolidated financial statements, we are involved in a number of legal actions and claims, some of which could potentially result in material cash payments. Adverse developments in those actions could materially and adversely affect our liquidity. As discussed in Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, weWe also have certain income tax-related contingencies.contingencies as disclosed in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements. Future negative developments could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity.

        In April 2012, Standard & Poor's upgraded our corporate rating to BBB- from BB+ with a stable outlook, and in February 2013, Moody's placed our corporate rating of Ba1 on review for upgrade. Our current credit ratings, as well as future rating agency actions, could (i) impact our ability to fund our operations on satisfactory terms; (ii) affect our financing costs; and (iii) affect our insurance premiums and collateral requirements necessary for our self-insured programs. There can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain or improve our current credit ratings.


Cash flowsFlows

        Cash flows from operating activities.    Cash flows from operating activities were $1.38 billion in 2015, an increase of $63.2 million compared to 2014. Significant components of the increase in cash flows from operating activities in 20122015 compared to 20112014 include increased net income due primarily to increased sales and lower SG&A expenses, as a percentage of sales,operating profit in 20122015 as described in more detail above under "Results of Operations." A portionChanges in merchandise inventories resulted in a net use of working capital, increasing by a greater amount in 2015 compared to 2014 as described in greater detail below. Accounts payable increased by $105.6 million in 2015 compared to a $97.2 million increase in 2014, due primarily to the timing of merchandise receipts and related payments.


        Cash flows from operating activities were $1.31 billion in 2014, an increase of $101.7 million compared to 2013. Significant components of the changesincrease in Prepaid and other current assets as well as Accrued expenses and other reflect the activity associated with a legal settlement accrued in 2011 for which payments were made in 2012. Changes in Accrued expenses and other were also affected by higher sales tax accruals at the end of 2011 and the adjustment of accruals during 2012 due to the favorable resolution of income tax examinations. The reclassification of the tax benefit of stock options to cash flows from financingoperating activities was higher in 20122014 compared to 2013 include increased net income due to an increase in stock options exercised. Changes in Accounts payable were dueprimarily to increased merchandise purchasessales and operating profit in 2014 as discusseddescribed in more detail above under "Results of Operations." Merchandise inventories increased by a greater amount in 2014 compared to 2013 as described in greater detail below, which was partially offset by accounts payable, which increased by $97.2 million in 2014 compared to a $36.9 million increase in 2013. The increase in accounts payable during 2014 was due primarily to the most significant categoryvolume and timing of which were domestic purchases.merchandise receipts.

        On an ongoing basis, we closely monitor and manage our inventory balances, and they may fluctuate from period to period based on new store openings, the timing of purchases, and other factors. Inventory balances at January 29, 2016 were impacted by a new DC in Texas, the timing of the Easter holiday in 2016, and our in-stock improvement initiative. Merchandise inventories increased by 19% during 2012, compared to a 14% increase10% in 2011. The increase2015, by 9% in inventories2014, and by 7% in 2012 was due to several factors including new items introduced in 2012, the receipt during 2012 of certain items related to our 2013 merchandising initiatives, and the emphasis on improved presentation levels of select merchandise categories.2013. Inventory levels in the consumables category increased by $245.7$218.4 million, or 22%13% in 2015, by $178.4 million, or 12%, in 2012 compared to an increase of $132.32014, and by $168.0 million, or 12%, in 2013. The seasonal category increased by $63.2 million, or 13%, in 2011. The seasonal category increased2015, by $70.2$13.8 million, or 18%3%, in 2012 compared to an increase of $27.52014, and decreased by $4.7 million, or 7%1%, in 2011.2013. The home products category increased $56.2 million, or 29%, in 2012 compared to an increase of $24.6 million, or 14%, in 2011. The apparel category increased by $16.0$12.8 million, or 5%, in 2012 compared to an increase of $59.42015, was essentially unchanged in 2014, and increased by $22.0 million, or 24%9%, in 2011.

        A significant component of our increase2013. The apparel category decreased by $2.7 million, or 1%, in cash flows from operating activities in 2011 compared to 2010 was the increase in net income due to increases in sales and gross profit, and lower SG&A expenses as a percentage of sales, as described in more detail above under "Results of Operations." Significant components of the increase in cash flows from operating activities in 2011 compared to 2010 were related to working capital in general and Accrued expenses and other in particular. Items affecting Accrued expenses and other include increased accruals for income tax reserves, increased accruals for legal settlements and sales taxes, partially offset by reduced interest accruals. The timing of interest and certain other accruals and the related payments were affected by the 53rd week in 2011. Partially offsetting this increase in cash flows was an increase in income taxes paid in 2011 compared to 2010 due to the increase in net income.

        In addition, inventory balances2015, increased by 14% in 2011 compared to an increase of 16% in 2010. Inventory levels in the consumables category increased by $132.3$37.1 million, or 13%, in 2011 compared to an increase of $133.92014, and decreased by $29.5 million, or 16%9%, in 2010. The seasonal category increased by $27.5 million, or 7%, in 2011 compared to an increase of $55.2 million, or 18%, in 2010. The home products category increased $24.6 million, or 14%, in 2011 compared to an increase of $25.2 million, or 17%, in 2010. The apparel category increased by $59.4 million, or 24%, in 2011 compared to an increase of $32.3 million, or 15%, in 2010.2013.

        Cash flows from investing activities.    Significant components of property and equipment purchases in 20122015 included the following approximate amounts: $155$168 million for new leased stores; $132 million for stores purchased or built by us; $83 million for distribution centers; $80 million forimprovements, upgrades, remodels and relocations of existing stores; $71$144 million for improvementsdistribution and upgrades to existing stores; $27transportation-related projects; $99 million for systems-related capital projects; and $17new leased stores; $53 million for transportation-relatedstores built by us; and $34 million for information systems upgrades and technology-related projects. The timing of new, remodeled and relocated store openings along with other factors may affect the relationship between such openings and the related property and equipment purchases in any given period. During 2012,2015, we opened 625730 new stores and remodeled or relocated 592881 stores.


        Significant components of property and equipment purchases in 20112014 included the following approximate amounts: $120 million for distribution centers, including the construction of the distribution center in Alabama; $114 million for new leased stores; $80$127 million for improvements, and upgrades, to existing stores; $80 million for stores purchased or built by us; $73 million for remodels and relocations of existing stores; $28 million for systems-related capital projects; and $15 million for transportation-related projects. During 2011, we opened 625 new stores and remodeled or relocated 575 stores.

        Significant components of our property and equipment purchases in 2010 included the following approximate amounts: $104 million for improvements and upgrades to existing stores; $100$102 million for new leased stores; $91 million for stores purchased or built by us; $53 million for remodels and relocations of existing stores; $45$64 million for distribution and transportation-related capital expenditures;projects; $38 million for stores built by us; and $22$35 million for information systems upgrades and technology-related projects. During 20102014, we opened 600700 new stores and remodeled or relocated 504915 stores. Cash flows from investing activities decreased from 2013 to 2014, due primarily to a sale-leaseback transaction in 2013 (more fully described below).

        Significant components of property and equipment purchases in 2013 included the following approximate amounts: $187 million for improvements, upgrades, remodels and relocations of existing stores; $124 million for new leased stores; $112 million for distribution centers, which included a significant portion of the construction cost of a distribution center in Pennsylvania; $76 million for stores purchased or built by us; and $28 million for information systems upgrades and technology-related projects. During 2013, we opened 650 new stores and remodeled or relocated 582 stores. Our sale-leaseback transaction which we consummated in January 2014 for 233 of our stores resulted in proceeds from the sale of these properties of approximately $281.6 million.

        Capital expenditures during 20132016 are projected to be in the range of $575-$550-$625600 million. We anticipate funding 20132016 capital requirements with existing cash balances, cash flows from operations, and if necessary, we also expect to have significant availability under our ABL Facility.Revolving Facility if necessary. We plan to continue to invest in store growth and development of approximately 635900 new stores and approximately 550875 stores to be remodeled or relocated. Capital expenditures in 20132016 are anticipated to support our store growth as well as our remodel and relocation initiatives, including capital outlays for leasehold


improvements, fixtures and equipment; the construction of new stores; costs related to support and enhance our supply chain initiatives including new leased stores such as leasehold improvements, fixtures and equipment; the purchase of existing stores; continued investment in our existing store base including our plans to improve the productivity of our legacy stores; our tobacco initiative; transportation and distribution, including a new distribution center that is under construction in Pennsylvania; and also forfacilities; technology initiatives; as well as routine and ongoing capital requirements.

        Included in our 2013 new store growth plans are approximately 20 new Dollar General Market stores and approximately 40 Dollar General Plus stores, which will expand our presence in markets such as California and Nevada. The Market and Plus stores require higher investments than our traditional stores which can vary depending on numbers of coolers, square feet, type of construction and layout. Because we continue to test several different formats, the costs of rolling out these concepts in larger quantities, should we decide to do so, are uncertain at the present time. Any plans to undertake these expenditures would be part of our efforts to improve our infrastructure and increase our cash generated from operating activities.

        Cash flows from financing activities.    In 20122015, we repurchased 14.417.6 million outstanding shares of our common stock at a total cost of $671.4 million, including 11.7 million shares repurchased from Buck Holdings, L.P. In July 2012, we issued$1.3 billion. We made repayments of $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of 4.125% senior notes due 2017. Also in July 2012, we redeemedon the remaining aggregate principal amount of our Senior Subordinated Notes at a redemption price of 105.938%balance of the principal amount thereof, resulting in a cash outflowTerm Facility, and had proceeds of $477.5 million.$499.2 million from the issuance of senior notes. Net borrowings under the ABLRevolving Facility during 2015 were $101.8 million during 2012.$251.0 million.

        In July 2011,2014, we redeemed $839.3repurchased 14.1 million aggregate principal amountoutstanding shares of our outstanding senior notes due 2015 at total cost of $883.9 million including associated premiums, and in April 2011, we repurchased in the open market $25.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes due 2015common stock at a total cost of $26.8$800.1 million. We made repayments of $75.0 million including associated premiums. A portionon the balance of the July 2011 redemption of senior notes due 2015 was financed by borrowingsTerm Facility. Borrowings and repayments under the ABL Facility. Net borrowingsRevolving Facility during the 2014 period were the same amount, resulting in no net increase to amounts outstanding under the ABLRevolving Facility during 2014.

        The 2013 cash flows from financing activities reflect a refinancing in April 2013, including the issuance of long-term obligations which includes the $1.0 billion unsecured Term Facility and the issuance of Senior Notes totaling approximately $1.3 billion. Proceeds from these transactions were used to repay our previous secured term loan and revolving credit facilities which had balances of $1.96 billion and $155.6 million when refinanced. Net repayments under the Revolving Facility were $184.7$130.9 million during 2011. In December 2011,2013. We paid debt issuance costs and hedging fees totaling $29.2 million in 2013 related to the refinancing. Also in 2013, we repurchased 4.911.0 million outstanding shares from Buck Holdings, L.P.of our common stock at a total cost of $185.0$620.1 million.

        During 2010, we repurchased $115.0 million principal amount of outstanding senior notes due 2015 at a total cost of $127.5 million including associated premiums. We had no borrowings or repayments under the ABL Facility in 2010.


Accounting Standards

        In February 2013,2016, the Financial Accounting Standards BoardFASB issued annew guidance related to lease accounting. This guidance requires a dual approach for lessee accounting standards updateunder which a lessee will reviseaccount for leases as finance leases or operating leases. Both finance leases and operating leases will result in the mannerlessee recognizing a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability on its balance sheet, with differing methodology for income statement recognition. This guidance is effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2018, and early adoption is permitted. A modified retrospective approach is required for all leases existing or entered into after the beginning of the earliest comparative period in which entities report amounts reclassified out of other comprehensive income in theirthe consolidated financial statements. We are incurrently assessing the processimpact that adoption of evaluating this guidance which will be effective for us in the first quarter of 2013. At the current time, we do not expect this guidance to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.statements, and we are anticipating a material impact because of our significant volume of lease contracts.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States ("U.S. GAAPGAAP") requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts and related disclosures. In addition to the estimates presented below, there are other items within our financial statements that require estimation, but are not deemed critical as defined below. We believe these estimates are reasonable and appropriate. However, if actual experience differs from the assumptions and other considerations used, the resulting changes could have a material effect on the financial statements taken as a whole.

        Management believes the following policies and estimates are critical because they involve significant judgments, assumptions, and estimates. Management has discussed the development and selection of the critical accounting estimates with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors, and the Audit Committee has reviewed the disclosures presented below relating to those policies and estimates. See Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements for a detailed discussion of our principal accounting policies.


        Merchandise Inventories.    Merchandise inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market ("LCM") with cost determined using the retail last-in, first-outlast in, first out ("LIFO") method. Under ourWe use the retail inventory method ("RIM"), the calculation of to calculate gross profit and the resulting valuation of inventories at cost, which are computed by applyingutilizing a calculated cost-to-retail inventory ratio to the retail value of sales at aan inventory department level. TheWe apply the RIM is an averaging methodto these departments, which are groups of products that has been widely usedare fairly uniform in the retail industry due to its practicality. Also, it is recognized that the useterms of thecost, selling price relationship and turnover. The RIM will result in valuing inventories at the lower of cost or market ("LCM")LCM if permanent markdowns are currently taken as a reduction of the retail value of inventories.

Inherent in the RIMretail inventory method calculation are certain significant management judgments and estimates including, among others, initial markups, markdowns, and shrinkage, which significantlythat may impact the gross profit calculation as well as the ending inventory valuation at cost. These significant estimates, coupled withcost, as well as the fact that the RIM is an averaging process, can, under certain circumstances, produce distorted cost figures. Factors that can lead to distortion in the calculation of the inventory balance include:

        Factors that reduce potential distortion include the use of historical experience in estimating the shrink provision (see discussion below) andWe perform an annual LIFO analysis whereby all SKUsmerchandise units are considered for inclusion in the index formulation. An actual valuation of inventory under the LIFO method is made at the end of each year based on the inventory levels and costs at that time. Accordingly,In contrast, interim LIFO calculations are based on management's annual estimates of expectedsales and the rate of inflation or deflation, as well as year-end inventory levels, sales for the year and the expected rate of inflation/deflation for the year and are thus subject to adjustment in the final year-end LIFO inventory valuation.levels. We also perform interim inventory analysisanalyses for


determining obsolete inventory. Our policy is to write down inventory, adjusting inventory on a quarterly basis to an LCM value based on various management assumptions including estimated below cost markdowns and salesnot yet recorded, but required to liquidate such inventory in future periods. Inventory is reviewed on a quarterly basis and adjusted to reflect write-downs as appropriate.

        Factors such as slower inventory turnover due toconsidered in the determination of markdowns include current and anticipated demand based on changes in competitors' practices, consumer preferences, consumer spending and unseasonable weather patterns, among otherpatterns. Certain of these factors could cause excess inventory requiringare outside of our control and may result in greater than estimated markdowns to entice consumer purchases resultingof excess inventory. The amount and timing of markdowns may vary significantly from year to year.

        We perform physical inventories in virtually all of our stores on an unfavorable impact on our consolidated financial statements. Sales shortfalls due to the above factors could cause reduced purchases from vendors and associated vendor allowances that would also result in an unfavorable impact on our consolidated financial statements.

annual basis. We calculate our shrink provision based on actual physical inventory results during the fiscal period and an accrual for estimated shrink occurring subsequent to a physical inventory through the end of the fiscal reporting period. This accrual is calculated as a percentage of sales at each retail store, at a department level, and is determined by dividingbased on the book-to-physical inventory adjustments recorded during the previous twelve months by the related sales for the same period for each store.store's most recent historical shrink rate. To the extent that subsequent physical inventories yield different results than thisthe estimated accrual, our effective shrink rate for a given reporting period will include the impact of adjusting the estimated results to the actual results. Although we perform physical inventories in virtually all of our stores on an annual basis, the same stores do not necessarily get counted in the same reporting periods from year to year, which could impact comparability in a given reporting period.

        We believe our estimates and assumptions related to the application of the RIM results in a merchandise inventories have generally been accurate in recent years and we do not currently anticipate material changes in these estimates and assumptions.inventory valuation that reasonably approximates cost on a consistent basis.

        Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.    We amortize intangible assets over their estimated useful lives unless such lives are deemed indefinite. IfThe qualitative and quantitative assessments related to the valuation and any potential impairment indicators are noted, amortizableof goodwill and other intangible assets are tested for impairment based on projected undiscounted cash flows,each subject to judgments and/or assumptions. The analysis of qualitative factors may include determining the appropriate factors to consider and if impaired, written down to fair value based on either discounted projected cash flows or appraised values. Future cash flow projections are based on management's projections. Significantthe relative importance of those factors along with other assumptions. If required, judgments required in thisthe quantitative testing process may include projecting future cash flows, determining appropriate discount rates, correctly applying valuation techniques, correctly computing the implied fair value of goodwill as discussed in greater detail below,if necessary, and other assumptions. ProjectionsFuture cash flow projections are based on management's projections and represent best estimates giventaking into account recent financial performance, market trends, strategic plans and other available information, which in recent years have been materially accurate. Although not currently anticipated, changesChanges in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect the determination of fair value or impairment.impairment, however, such a conclusion is not indicated by recent analyses. Future indicators of impairment could result in an asset impairment charge.

        Under accounting standards for goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets, an entity has the option first to assess qualitative factors to determine whether events and circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the asset is impaired. If after such assessment an entity concludes that the asset is not impaired, then the entity is not required to take further action. However, if an entity concludes otherwise, then it is required to perform quantitative impairment tests as discussed further below. Significant judgments required in the analysis of qualitative factors may include determining the appropriate factors to consider, the relative importance of those factors, along with other assumptions.

        We are required to test goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, or more frequently if impairment indicators occur. The quantitative goodwill impairment test is a two-step process that requires management to make judgments in determining what assumptions to use in the calculation. If these judgments or assumptions are incorrect or flawed, the analysis could be negatively impacted. The first step of the process consists of estimating the fair value of our reporting unit based on valuation techniques (including a discounted cash flow model using revenue and profit forecasts)


and comparing that estimated fair value with the recorded carrying value, which includes goodwill. If the estimated fair value is less than the carrying value, a second step is performed to compute the amount of the impairment, if any, by determining an "implied fair value" of goodwill. The determination of the implied fair value of goodwill would require us to allocate the estimated fair value of our reporting unit to its assets and liabilities. Any unallocated fair value represents the implied fair value of goodwill, which would be compared to its corresponding carrying value.

        The quantitative impairment test for indefinite-lived intangible assets consists of a comparison of the fair value of the intangible asset with its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of an indefinite-lived intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

        Our most recent testing of our goodwill and indefinite lived trade name intangible assets was completed during the third quarter of 2012.2015. No indicators of impairment were evident and no assessment of or adjustment to these assets was required. We are not currently projecting a decline in cash flows that could be expected to have an adverse effect such as a violation of debt covenants or future impairment charges.

        Property and Equipment.    Property and equipment are recorded at cost. We group our assets into relatively homogeneous classes and generally provide for depreciation on a straight-line basis over the estimated average useful life of each asset class, except for leasehold improvements, which are amortized over the lesser of the applicable lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset. Certain store and warehouse fixtures, when fully depreciated, are removed from the cost and related accumulated depreciation and amortization accounts. The valuation and classification of these assets and the assignment of depreciable lives involves significant judgments and the use of estimates, which we believe have been materially accurate in recent years.

        Impairment of Long-lived Assets.    We review the carrying valueImpairment of long-lived assets for impairment at least annually, and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. In accordance with accounting standards for impairment or disposal of long-lived assets, we review for impairment stores open for approximately two years or more for which recent cash flows from operations are negative. Impairment results when the carrying value of the assets exceeds the estimated undiscounted future cash flows overgenerated by the life of the lease.assets. Our estimate of undiscounted future store cash flows over the lease term is based upon historical operations of the stores and estimates of future store profitability which encompasses many factors that are subject to variability and are difficult to predict. If our estimates of future cash flows are not materially accurate, our impairment analysis could be impacted accordingly. If a long-lived asset is found to be impaired, the amount recognized for impairment is equal to the difference between the carrying value and the asset's estimated fair value. The fair value is estimated based primarily upon projected future cash flows (discounted at our credit adjusted risk-free rate) or other reasonable estimates of fair market value in accordance with U.S. GAAP.value. Although not currently anticipated, changes in these estimates, assumptions or projections could materially affect the determination of fair value or impairment.

        Insurance Liabilities.    We retain a significant portion of the risk for our workers' compensation, employee health, property loss, automobile and general liability. These represent significant costs primarily due to our large employee base and number of stores. Provisions are made for these liabilities on an undiscounted basisbasis. Certain of these liabilities are based on actual claim data and estimates of incurred but not reported claims developed using actuarial methodologies based on historical claim trends, which have been and are anticipated to continue to be materially accurate. If future claim trends deviate from recent historical patterns, or other unanticipated events affect the number and significance of future claims, we may be required to record additional expenses or expense reductions, which could be material to our future financial results.


        Contingent Liabilities—Income Taxes.    Income tax reserves are determined using the methodology established by accounting standards relating to uncertainty in income taxes. These standards require companies to assess each income tax position taken using a two-step process. A determination is first made as to whether it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained, based upon the technical merits, upon examination by the taxing authorities. If the tax position is expected to meet the more likely than not criteria, the benefit recorded for the tax position equals the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement of the respective tax position. Uncertain tax positions require determinations and estimated liabilities to be madeestimated based on provisions of the tax law which may be subject to change or varying interpretation. If our determinations and estimates prove to be inaccurate, the resulting adjustments could be material to our future financial results.

        Contingent Liabilities—Legal Matters.    We are subject to legal, regulatory and other proceedings and claims. We establish liabilities as appropriate for these claims and proceedings based upon the probability and estimability of losses and to fairly present, in conjunction with the disclosures of these matters in our financial statements and SEC filings, management's view of our exposure. We review outstanding claims and proceedings with external counsel to assess probability and estimates of loss,


which includes an analysis of whether such loss estimates are probable, reasonably possible, or remote. We re-evaluate these assessments on a quarterly basis or as new and significant information becomes available to determine whether a liability should be established or if any existing liability should be adjusted. The actual cost of resolving a claim or proceeding ultimately may be substantially different than the amount of the recorded liability. In addition, because it is not permissible under U.S. GAAP to establish a litigation liability until the loss is both probable and estimable, in some cases there may be insufficient time to establish a liability prior to the actual incurrence of the loss (upon verdict and judgment at trial, for example, or in the case of a quickly negotiated settlement).

        Lease Accounting and Excess Facilities.    Many of our stores are subject to build-to-suit arrangements with landlords, which typically carry a primary lease term of 10-15up to 15 years with multiple renewal options. We also have stores subject to shorter-term leases and many of these leases have renewal options. Certain of our stores have provisions for contingent rentals based upon a percentage of defined sales volume. We recognize contingent rental expense when the achievement of specified sales targets is considered probable. We recognize rent expense over the term of the lease. We record minimum rental expense on a straight-line basis over the base, non-cancelable lease term commencing on the date that we take physical possession of the property from the landlord, which normally includes a period prior to store opening to make necessary leasehold improvements and install store fixtures. When a lease contains a predetermined fixed escalation of the minimum rent, we recognize the related rent expense on a straight-line basis and record the difference between the recognized rental expense and the amounts payable under the lease as deferred rent. Tenant allowances, to the extent received, are recorded as deferred incentive rent and amortized as a reduction to rent expense over the term of the lease. We reflect as a liability any difference between the calculated expense and the amounts actually paid. Improvements of leased properties are amortized over the shorter of the life of the applicable lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset.

        For store closures (excluding those associated with a business combination) where a lease obligation still exists, we record the estimated future liability associated with the rental obligation on the date the store is closed in accordance with accounting standards for costs associated with exit or disposal activities. Based on an overall analysis of store performance and expected trends, management periodically evaluates the need to close underperforming stores. Liabilities are established at the point of closure for the present value of any remaining operating lease obligations, net of estimated sublease income, and at the communication date for severance and other exit costs. Key assumptions in calculating the liability include the timeframe expected to terminate lease agreements, estimates related to the sublease potential of closed locations, and estimation of other related exit costs. Historically,


these estimates have not been materially inaccurate; however, if actual timing and potential termination costs or realization of sublease income differ from our estimates, the resulting liabilities could vary from recorded amounts. These liabilities are reviewed periodically and adjusted when necessary.

        Share-Based Payments.    Our share-based stock option awards are valued on an individual grant basis using the Black-Scholes-Merton closed form option pricing model. We believe that this model fairly estimates the value of our share-basedstock option awards. The application of this valuation model involves assumptions that are judgmental and highly sensitive in the valuation of stock options, which affects compensation expense related to these options. These assumptions include the term that the options are expected to be outstanding, the historical volatility of our stock price, applicable interest rates and the dividend yield of our stock. Other factors involving judgments that affect the expensing of share-based payments include estimated forfeiture rates of share-based awards. Historically, these estimates have not been materially inaccurate;accurate; however, if our estimates differ materially from actual experience, we may be required to record additional expense or reductions of expense, which could be material to our future financial results.

        Fair Value Measurements.    We measureAccounting standards for the measurement of fair value of assets and liabilities in accordance with applicable accounting standards, which require that fair values be determined based on the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. These standards establish a fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between market participant assumptions based on market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity (observable inputs that are classified within Levels 1 and 2 of the hierarchy) and the reporting entity's own assumptions about market participant assumptions (unobservable inputs classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy). Therefore, Level 3 inputs are typically based on an entity's own assumptions, as there is little, if any, related market activity, and thus require the use of significant judgment and estimates. Currently, we have no assets or liabilities that are valued based solely on Level 3 inputs.

        Our fair value measurements are primarily associated with our derivative financial instruments, intangible assets,outstanding debt instruments, and to a lesser degree our investments. Theinstruments. We use various valuation models in determining the values of our derivative financial instruments are determined using widely accepted valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative. This analysis reflects the contractual terms of the derivatives, including the period to maturity, and uses observable market-based inputs, including interest rate curves. The fair values of interest rate swaps are determined using the market standard methodology of netting the discounted future fixed cash payments (or receipts) and the discounted expected variable cash receipts (or payments). The variable cash receipts (or payments) are based on an expectation of future interest rates (forward curves) derived from observable market interest rate curves. The application of valuation models involves assumptions such as discounted cash flow analysis and interest rate curvesthese liabilities. We believe that are judgmental and highly sensitive in the fair value computations. In recent years these methodologies have produced materially accurate valuations.

        Derivative Financial Instruments.    We account for our derivative instruments in accordance with accounting standards for derivative instruments (including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts) and hedging activities, as amended and interpreted, which establish accounting and reporting requirements for such instruments and activities. These standards require that every derivative instrument be recorded in the balance sheet as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value, and that changes in the derivative's fair value be recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. See "Fair Value Measurements" above for a discussion of derivative valuations. Special accounting for qualifying hedges allows a derivative's gains and losses to either offset related results on the hedged item in the statement of operations or be accumulated in other comprehensive income, and requires that a company formally document, designate, and assess the effectiveness of transactions that receive hedge accounting. We use derivative instruments to manage our exposure to changing interest rates, primarily with interest rate swaps.


        In addition to making valuation estimates, we also bear the risk that certain derivative instruments that have been designated as hedges and currently meet the strict hedge accounting requirements may not qualify in the future as "highly effective," as defined, as well as the risk that hedged transactions in cash flow hedging relationships may no longer be considered probable to occur. Further, new interpretations and guidance related to these instruments may be issued in the future, and we cannot predict the possible impact that such guidance may have on our use of derivative instruments going forward.

ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Financial Risk Management

        We are exposed to market risk primarily from adverse changes in interest rates, and to a lesser degree commodity prices. To minimize this risk, we may periodically use financial instruments, including derivatives. All derivative financial instrument transactions must be authorized and executed pursuant to approval by the Board of Directors. As a matter of policy, we do not buy or sell financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes, and allany such derivative financial instrument transactions must be authorized and executed pursuant to approval by the Board of Directors. All financial instrument positions taken by usinstruments are intended to be used to reduce risk by hedging an underlying economic exposure. Because of high correlation between theOur objective is to correlate derivative financial instrumentinstruments and the underlying exposure being hedged, so that fluctuations in the value of the financial instruments are generally offset by reciprocal changes in the value of the underlying economic exposure.

Interest Rate Risk

        We manage our interest rate risk through the strategic use of fixed and variable interest rate debt and, from time to time, derivative financial instruments. Our principal interest rate exposure relates to outstanding amounts under our Creditunsecured debt Facilities. As of February 1, 2013,January 29, 2016, we had variable rate borrowings of $1.964 billion$425 million under our Term Loan Facility and $286.5borrowings of $251 million outstanding under our ABLRevolving Facility. In order to mitigate a portion of the variable rate interest exposure under the Credit Facilities, in prior years we have entered into various interest rate swaps in recent years.

        Currently, we are counterparty to certainswaps. As of January 29, 2016, no such interest rate swaps withwere outstanding and, as a total notional amount of $875.0 million entered intoresult, we are exposed to fluctuations in May 2012 in order to mitigate a portion of the variable rate interest exposurerates under the Credit Facilities. These swaps are scheduledFor a detailed discussion of our Facilities, see Note 5 to mature in May 2015. Under the terms of these agreements we swapped one month LIBOR rates for fixed interest rates, resulting in the payment of an all-in fixed rate of 3.34% on a notional amount of $875.0 million.consolidated financial statements.

        A change in interest rates on variable rate debt impacts our pre-tax earnings and cash flows; whereas a change in interest rates on fixed rate debt impacts the economic fair value of debt but not our pre-tax earnings and cash flows. Our interest rate swaps qualify for hedge accounting as cash flow hedges. Therefore, changes in market fluctuations related to the effective portion of these cash flow hedges do not impact our pre-tax earnings until the accrued interest is recognized on the derivatives and the associated hedged debt. Based on our variable rate borrowing levels and interest rate swaps outstanding as of February 1, 2013January 29, 2016 and February 3, 2012, respectively,January 30, 2015, the annualized effect of a one percentage point increase in variable interest rates would have resulted in a pretax reduction of our earnings and cash flows of approximately $13.9$6.9 million in 20122015 and $16.3$0.6 million in 2011.

        The conditions and uncertainties in the global credit markets may increase the credit risk of counterparties to our swap agreements. In the event such counterparties fail to perform under our swap agreements and we are unable to enter into new swap agreements on terms favorable to us, our ability to effectively manage our interest rate risk may be materially impaired. We attempt to manage counterparty credit risk by periodically evaluating the financial position and creditworthiness of such counterparties, monitoring the amount for which we are at risk with each counterparty, and where possible, dispersing the risk among multiple counterparties. There can be no assurance that we will manage or mitigate our counterparty credit risk effectively.2014.


ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Dollar General Corporation

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Dollar General Corporation and subsidiaries as of February 1, 2013January 29, 2016 and February 3, 2012,January 30, 2015, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 1, 2013.January 29, 2016. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Dollar General Corporation and subsidiaries at February 1, 2013January 29, 2016 and February 3, 2012,January 30, 2015, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 1, 2013,January 29, 2016, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

        We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Dollar General Corporation and subsidiaries' internal control over financial reporting as of February 1, 2013,January 29, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated March 25, 201322, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Nashville, Tennessee
March 25, 2013
22, 2016



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 January 29,
2016
 January 30,
2015
 

 February 1,
2013
 February 3,
2012
   
 (see Note 1)
 

ASSETS

      

Current assets:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

 $140,809 $126,126  $157,947 $579,823 

Merchandise inventories

 2,397,175 2,009,206  3,074,153 2,782,521 

Income tax receivable

 6,843  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 139,129 139,742  193,467 170,265 
     

Total current assets

 2,677,113 2,275,074  3,432,410 3,532,609 
     

Net property and equipment

 2,088,665 1,794,960  2,264,062 2,116,075 
     

Goodwill

 4,338,589 4,338,589  4,338,589 4,338,589 
     
���

Other intangible assets, net

 1,219,543 1,235,954  1,200,994 1,201,870 
     

Other assets, net

 43,772 43,943  21,830 19,499 
     

Total assets

 $10,367,682 $9,688,520  $11,257,885 $11,208,642 
     

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

      

Current liabilities:

      

Current portion of long-term obligations

 $892 $590  $1,379 $101,158 

Accounts payable

 1,261,607 1,064,087  1,494,225 1,388,154 

Accrued expenses and other

 357,438 397,075  467,122 413,760 

Income taxes payable

 95,387 44,428  32,870 59,400 

Total current liabilities

 1,995,596 1,962,472 

Long-term obligations

 2,969,175 2,623,965 

Deferred income taxes

 23,223 3,722  639,955 626,858 
     

Total current liabilities

 1,738,547 1,509,902 
     

Long-term obligations

 2,771,336 2,617,891 
     

Deferred income taxes

 647,070 656,996 
     

Other liabilities

 225,399 229,149  275,283 285,309 
     

Commitments and contingencies

      

Shareholders' equity:

  
 
 
 
 

Preferred stock, 1,000 shares authorized

      

Common stock; $0.875 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized, 327,069 and 338,089 shares issued and outstanding at February 1, 2013 and February 3, 2012, respectively

 286,185 295,828 

Common stock; $0.875 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized, 286,694 and 303,447 shares issued and outstanding at January 29, 2016 and January 30, 2015, respectively

 250,855 265,514 

Additional paid-in capital

 2,991,351 2,967,027  3,107,283 3,048,806 

Retained earnings

 1,710,732 1,416,918  2,025,545 2,403,045 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 (2,938) (5,191) (5,807) (7,327)
     

Total shareholders' equity

 4,985,330 4,674,582  5,377,876 5,710,038 
     

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

 $10,367,682 $9,688,520  $11,257,885 $11,208,642 
     

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(In thousands, except per share amounts)


 For the Year Ended  For the Year Ended 

 February 1,
2013
 February 3,
2012
 January 28,
2011
  January 29,
2016
 January 30,
2015
 January 31,
2014
 

Net sales

 $16,022,128 $14,807,188 $13,035,000  $20,368,562 $18,909,588 $17,504,167 

Cost of goods sold

 10,936,727 10,109,278 8,858,444  14,062,471 13,107,081 12,068,425 
       

Gross profit

 5,085,401 4,697,910 4,176,556  6,306,091 5,802,507 5,435,742 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 3,430,125 3,207,106 2,902,491  4,365,797 4,033,414 3,699,557 
       

Operating profit

 1,655,276 1,490,804 1,274,065  1,940,294 1,769,093 1,736,185 

Interest expense

 127,926 204,900 273,992  86,944 88,232 88,984 

Other (income) expense

 29,956 60,615 15,101  326  18,871 
       

Income before income taxes

 1,497,394 1,225,289 984,972  1,853,024 1,680,861 1,628,330 

Income tax expense

 544,732 458,604 357,115  687,944 615,516 603,214 
       

Net income

 $952,662 $766,685 $627,857  $1,165,080 $1,065,345 $1,025,116 
       

Earnings per share:

        

Basic

 $2.87 $2.25 $1.84  $3.96 $3.50 $3.17 

Diluted

 $2.85 $2.22 $1.82  $3.95 $3.49 $3.17 

Weighted average shares:

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Basic

 332,254 341,234 341,047  294,330 304,633 322,886 

Diluted

 334,469 345,117 344,800  295,211 305,681 323,854 

Dividends per share

 
$

0.88
 
$

 
$

 

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In thousands)


 For the Year Ended  For the Year Ended 

 February 1,
2013
 February 3,
2012
 January 28,
2011
  January 29,
2016
 January 30,
2015
 January 31,
2014
 

Net income

 $952,662 $766,685 $627,857  $1,165,080 $1,065,345 $1,025,116 

Unrealized net gain on hedged transactions, net of related income tax expense of $1,448, $9,692 and $9,406, respectively

 2,253 15,105 13,871 
       

Unrealized net gain (loss) on hedged transactions, net of related income tax expense (benefit) of $971, $1,671 and $(4,461), respectively

 1,520 2,583 (6,972)

Comprehensive income

 $954,915 $781,790 $641,728  $1,166,600 $1,067,928 $1,018,144 
       

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

(In thousands except per share amounts)

 
 Common
Stock
Shares
 Common
Stock
 Additional
Paid-in
Capital
 Retained
Earnings
 Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
 Total 

Balances, January 29, 2010

  340,586 $298,013 $2,941,863 $203,075 $(34,167)$3,408,784 

Net income

        627,857    627,857 

Unrealized net gain on hedged transactions

          13,871  13,871 

Share-based compensation expense

      12,805      12,805 

Tax benefit from stock option exercises

      10,110      10,110 

Issuance of common stock under stock incentive plans

  93  82  1,943      2,025 

Exercise of stock options

  872  763  (12,054)     (11,291)

Other equity transactions

  (44) (39) (490)     (529)
              

Balances, January 28, 2011

  341,507 $298,819 $2,954,177 $830,932 $(20,296)$4,063,632 

Net income

        766,685    766,685 

Unrealized net gain on hedged transactions

          15,105  15,105 

Share-based compensation expense

      15,250      15,250 

Repurchases of common stock

  (4,960) (4,340) (1,558) (180,699)   (186,597)

Tax benefit from stock option exercises

      27,727      27,727 

Exercise of stock options

  1,534  1,342  (28,734)     (27,392)

Other equity transactions

  8  7  165      172 
              

Balances, February 3, 2012

  338,089 $295,828 $2,967,027 $1,416,918 $(5,191)$4,674,582 

Net income

        952,662    952,662 

Unrealized net gain on hedged transactions

          2,253  2,253 

Share-based compensation expense

      21,664      21,664 

Repurchases of common stock

  (14,394) (12,595) (16) (658,848)   (671,459)

Tax benefit from stock option exercises

      77,020      77,020 

Exercise of stock options

  3,048  2,667  (75,787)     (73,120)

Other equity transactions

  326  285  1,443      1,728 
              

Balances, February 1, 2013

  327,069 $286,185 $2,991,351 $1,710,732 $(2,938)$4,985,330 
              
 
 Common
Stock
Shares
 Common
Stock
 Additional
Paid-in
Capital
 Retained
Earnings
 Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
 Total 

Balances, February 1, 2013

  327,069 $286,185 $2,991,351 $1,710,732 $(2,938)$4,985,330 

Net income

        1,025,116    1,025,116 

Unrealized net gain (loss) on hedged transactions

          (6,972) (6,972)

Share-based compensation expense

      20,961      20,961 

Repurchases of common stock

  (11,037) (9,657)   (610,395)   (620,052)

Tax benefit from stock option exercises

      24,151      24,151 

Other equity and related transactions

  1,026  896  (27,237)     (26,341)

Balances, January 31, 2014

  317,058 $277,424 $3,009,226 $2,125,453 $(9,910)$5,402,193 

Net income

        1,065,345    1,065,345 

Unrealized net gain (loss) on hedged transactions

          2,583  2,583 

Share-based compensation expense

      37,338      37,338 

Repurchases of common stock

  (14,106) (12,342)   (787,753)   (800,095)

Tax benefit from stock option exercises

      5,047      5,047 

Other equity and related transactions

  495  432  (2,805)     (2,373)

Balances, January 30, 2015

  303,447 $265,514 $3,048,806 $2,403,045 $(7,327)$5,710,038 

Net income

        1,165,080    1,165,080 

Cash dividends, $0.88 per common share

        (258,328)   (258,328)

Unrealized net gain (loss) on hedged transactions

          1,520  1,520 

Share-based compensation expense

      38,547      38,547 

Repurchases of common stock

  (17,556) (15,361)   (1,284,252)   (1,299,613)

Tax benefit from stock option exercises

      13,698      13,698 

Other equity and related transactions

  803  702  6,232      6,934 

Balances, January 29, 2016

  286,694 $250,855 $3,107,283 $2,025,545 $(5,807)$5,377,876 

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)


 For the Year Ended  For the Year Ended 

 February 1,
2013
 February 3,
2012
 January 28,
2011
  January 29,
2016
 January 30,
2015
 January 31,
2014
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

        

Net income

 $952,662 $766,685 $627,857  $1,165,080 $1,065,345 $1,025,116 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities:

        

Depreciation and amortization

 302,911 275,408 254,927  352,431 342,353 332,837 

Deferred income taxes

 (2,605) 10,232 50,985  12,126 (17,734) (36,851)

Tax benefit of stock options

 (87,752) (33,102) (13,905)

Tax benefit of share-based awards

 (13,698) (12,147) (30,990)

Loss on debt retirement, net

 30,620 60,303 14,576  326  18,871 

Noncash share-based compensation

 21,664 15,250 15,956  38,547 37,338 20,961 

Other noncash gains and losses

 6,774 54,190 13,549 

Other noncash (gains) and losses

 7,797 8,551 (12,747)

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

        

Merchandise inventories

 (391,409) (291,492) (251,809) (290,001) (233,559) (144,943)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 5,553 (34,554) (10,157) (24,626) (25,048) (4,947)

Accounts payable

 194,035 104,442 123,424  105,637 97,166 36,942 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 (36,741) 71,763 (42,428) 44,949 41,635 16,265 

Income taxes

 138,711 51,550 42,903  (19,675) 12,399 (5,249)

Other

 (3,071) (195) (1,194) (905) (1,555) (2,200)
       

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 1,131,352 1,050,480 824,684  1,377,988 1,314,744 1,213,065 
       

Cash flows from investing activities:

        

Purchases of property and equipment

 (571,596) (514,861) (420,395) (504,806) (373,967) (538,444)

Proceeds from sales of property and equipment

 1,760 1,026 1,448  1,423 2,268 288,466 
       

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 (569,836) (513,835) (418,947) (503,383) (371,699) (249,978)
       

Cash flows from financing activities:

        

Issuance of long-term obligations

 500,000    499,220  2,297,177 

Repayments of long-term obligations

 (478,255) (911,951) (131,180) (502,401) (78,467) (2,119,991)

Borrowings under revolving credit facility

 2,286,700 1,157,800  

Repayments of borrowings under revolving credit facility

 (2,184,900) (973,100)  

Borrowings under revolving credit facilities

 2,034,100 1,023,000 1,172,900 

Repayments of borrowings under revolving credit facilities

 (1,783,100) (1,023,000) (1,303,800)

Debt issuance costs

 (15,278)    (6,991)  (15,996)

Payments for cash flow hedge related to debt issuance

   (13,217)

Repurchases of common stock

 (671,459) (186,597)   (1,299,613) (800,095) (620,052)

Other equity transactions, net of employee taxes paid

 (71,393) (27,219) (13,092)

Tax benefit of stock options

 87,752 33,102 13,905 
       

Payments of cash dividends

 (258,328)   

Other equity and related transactions

 6,934 (2,373) (26,341)

Tax benefit of share-based awards

 13,698 12,147 30,990 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 (546,833) (907,965) (130,367) (1,296,481) (868,788) (598,330)
       

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 14,683 (371,320) 275,370  (421,876) 74,257 364,757 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

 126,126 497,446 222,076  579,823 505,566 140,809 
       

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

 $140,809 $126,126 $497,446  $157,947 $579,823 $505,566 
       

Supplemental cash flow information:

        

Cash paid for:

        

Interest

 $121,712 $209,351 $244,752  $76,354 $82,447 $73,464 

Income taxes

 422,333 382,294 314,123  $697,357 $631,483 $646,811 

Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and financing activities:

  
 
 
 
 
 
 

Purchases of property and equipment awaiting processing for payment, included in Accounts payable

 $39,147 $35,662 $29,658  $32,020 $31,586 $27,082 

Purchases of property and equipment under capital lease obligations

 $3,440 $ $ 

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Basis of presentation and accounting policies

Basis of presentation

        These notes contain references to the years 2012, 20112015, 2014, and 2010,2013, which represent fiscal years ended February 1, 2013, February 3, 2012,January 29, 2016, January 30, 2015, and January 28, 2011, respectively.31, 2014, respectively, each of which were 52-week accounting periods. The Company's fiscal year ends on the Friday closest to January 31. 2012 and 2010 were 52-week accounting periods, while 2011 was a 53-week accounting period. The consolidated financial statements include all subsidiaries of the Company, except for its not-for-profit subsidiary which the Company does not control. Intercompany transactions have been eliminated.

Business description

        The Company sells general merchandise on a retail basis through 10,50612,483 stores (as of February 1, 2013)January 29, 2016) in 4043 states covering most of the southern, southwestern, midwestern and eastern United States. The Company ownshas owned distribution centers ("DCs") in Scottsville, Kentucky; South Boston, Virginia; Alachua, Florida; Zanesville, Ohio; Jonesville, South Carolina; Marion, Indiana,Indiana; Bessemer, Alabama; Bethel, Pennsylvania; and Bessemer, Alabama,San Antonio, Texas, and leasesleased DCs in Ardmore, Oklahoma; Fulton, Missouri; Indianola, Mississippi; and Lebec, California.

        The Company purchases its merchandise from a wide variety of suppliers. Approximately 8% and 7% of the Company's purchases in 2012 were made from the Company's largest and second largest suppliers, respectively.

Cash and cash equivalents

        Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with insignificant interest rate risk and original maturities of three months or less when purchased. Such investments primarily consist of money market funds, bank deposits, certificates of deposit, (which may include foreign time deposits), and commercial paper. The carrying amounts of these items are a reasonable estimate of their fair value due to the short maturity of these investments.

        Payments due from processors for electronic tender transactions classified as cash and cash equivalents totaled approximately $45.2$59.5 million and $38.7$58.5 million at February 1, 2013January 29, 2016 and February 3, 2012,January 30, 2015, respectively.

        At February 1, 2013,January 29, 2016, the Company maintained cash balances to meet a $20 million minimum threshold set by insurance regulators, as further described below under "Insurance liabilities."

Investments in debt and equity securities

        The Company accounts for investments in debt and marketable equity securities as held-to-maturity, available-for-sale, or trading, depending on their classification. Debt securities categorized as held-to-maturity are stated at amortized cost. Debt and equity securities categorized as available-for-sale are stated at fair value, with any unrealized gains and losses, net of deferred income taxes, reported as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive loss. Trading securities (primarily mutual funds held pursuant to deferred compensation and supplemental retirement plans, as further discussed below in Notes 7 and 10) are stated at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded as a component of Selling, general and administrative ("SG&A") expense.



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Basis of presentation and accounting policies (Continued)

        For the years ended February 1, 2013, February 3, 2012, and January 28, 2011, gross realized gains and losses on the sales of available-for-sale securities were not material. The cost of securities sold is based upon the specific identification method.

Merchandise inventories

        Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market with cost determined using the retail last-in, first-out ("LIFO") method as this method results in a better matching of costs and revenues. Under the Company's retail inventory method ("RIM"), the calculation of gross profit and the resulting valuation of inventories at cost are computed by applying a calculated cost-to-retail inventory ratio to the retail value of sales at a department level. The use of the RIM will result in valuing inventories at the lower of cost or market ("LCM") if markdowns are currently taken as a reduction of the retail value of inventories. Costs directly associated with warehousing and distribution are capitalized into inventory.



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Basis of presentation and accounting policies (Continued)

        The excess of current cost over LIFO cost was approximately $101.9$92.9 million and $100.5$95.1 million at February 1, 2013January 29, 2016 and February 3, 2012,January 30, 2015, respectively. Current cost is determined using the RIM on a first-in, first-out basis. Under the LIFO inventory method, the impacts of rising or falling market price changes increase or decrease cost of sales (the LIFO provision or benefit). The Company recorded a LIFO provision (benefit) of $1.4$(2.3) million in 2012, $47.72015, $4.2 million in 2011,2014, and $5.3$(11.0) million in 2010.2013, which is included in cost of goods sold in the consolidated statements of income.

        The 2011 LIFO provision was impacted by increased commodity costs related to food, housewaresCompany purchases its merchandise from a wide variety of suppliers. The Company's largest and apparel products which were driven by increasessecond largest suppliers each accounted for approximately 7% of the Company's purchases in cotton, sugar, coffee, groundnut, resin, petroleum and other raw material commodity costs. These costs were relatively stable in 2012 and 2010.2015.

Vendor rebates

        The Company accounts for all cash consideration received from vendors in accordance with applicable accounting standards pertaining to such arrangements. Cash consideration received from a vendor is generally presumed to be a rebate or an allowance and is accounted for as a reduction of merchandise purchase costs as earned. However, certain specific, incremental and otherwise qualifying SG&A expenses related to the promotion or sale of vendor products may be offset by cash consideration received from vendors, in accordance with arrangements such as cooperative advertising, when earned for dollar amounts up to but not exceeding actual incremental costs.

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

        Prepaid expenses and other current assets include prepaid amounts for rent, maintenance, business licenses, advertising, and insurance, as well asand amounts receivable for insurance related to a litigation settlement discussed in greater detail in Note 9, and certain vendor rebates (primarily those expected to be collected in cash) and coupons.

Property and equipment

        In 2007, the Company's property and equipment was recorded at estimated fair values as the result of a merger transaction. Property and equipment acquired subsequent to the merger has been recorded at cost. The Company records depreciation and amortization on a straight-line basis over the assets'



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Basis of presentation and accounting policies (Continued)

Property and equipment

        In 2007, as the result of a merger transaction, the Company's property and equipment was recorded at estimated fair values. Property and equipment acquired subsequent to the merger has been recorded at cost.useful lives. The Company's property and equipment isbalances and depreciable lives are summarized as follows:

(In thousands)
 February 1,
2013
 February 3,
2012
 

Land and land improvements

 $257,695 $204,562 

Buildings

  773,835  622,849 

Leasehold improvements

  279,351  213,852 

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

  1,828,573  1,500,268 

Construction in progress

  87,444  139,454 
      

  3,226,898  2,680,985 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

  1,138,233  886,025 
      

Net property and equipment

 $2,088,665 $1,794,960 
      

        The Company provides for depreciation and amortization on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives (in years):

Land improvements

20

Buildings

39 - 40

Leasehold improvements

(a)

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

3 - 10
(In thousands)
 Depreciable
Life
 January 29,
2016
 January 30,
2015
 

Land

 Indefinite $188,532 $172,329 

Land improvements

 20  66,955  55,375 

Buildings

 39 - 40  834,884  800,346 

Leasehold improvements

 (a)  402,997  361,557 

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

 3 - 10  2,526,843  2,295,590 

Construction in progress

    150,275  68,360 

    4,170,486  3,753,557 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

    1,906,424  1,637,482 

Net property and equipment

   $2,264,062 $2,116,075 

(a)
amortizedAmortized over the lesser of the life of the applicable lease term or the estimated useful life of the assetasset.

        Depreciation expense related to property and equipment was approximately $277.2$350.6 million, $243.7$335.9 million and $215.7$315.3 million for 2012, 20112015, 2014 and 2010.2013. Amortization of capital lease assets is included in depreciation expense. Interest on borrowed funds during the construction of property and equipment is capitalized where applicable. Interest costs of $0.6$1.4 million, $0.2 million and $1.5$1.2 million were capitalized in 20122015, 2014 and 2011. No interest costs were capitalized in 2010.2013.

Impairment of long-lived assets

        When indicators of impairment are present, the Company evaluates the carrying value of long-lived assets, other than goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets, in relation to the operating performance and future cash flows or the appraised values of the underlying assets. In accordance with accounting standards for long-lived assets,Generally, the Company reviewsCompany's policy is to review for impairment stores open more than twothree years for which current cash flows from operations are negative. Impairment results when the carrying value of the assets exceeds the undiscounted future cash flows overexpected to be generated by the life of the lease.assets. The Company's estimate of undiscounted future cash flows over the lease term is based upon historical operations of the stores and estimates of future store profitability which encompasses many factors that are subject to variability and difficult to predict. If a long-lived asset is found to be impaired, the amount recognized for impairment is equal to the difference between the carrying value and the asset's estimated fair value. The fair value is



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Basis of presentation and accounting policies (Continued)

estimated based primarily upon estimated future cash flows over the asset's remaining useful life (discounted at the Company's credit adjusted risk-free rate) or other reasonable estimates of fair market value. Assets to be disposed of are adjusted to the fair value less the cost to sell if less than the book value.

        The Company recorded impairment charges included in SG&A expense of approximately $2.7$5.9 million in 2012, $1.02015, $1.9 million in 20112014 and $1.7$0.5 million in 2010,2013, to reduce the carrying value of certain of its stores' assets. Such action was deemed necessary based on the Company's evaluation that such amounts would not be recoverable primarily due to insufficient sales or excessive costs resulting in negative current and projectedthe carrying value of the assets exceeding the estimated undiscounted future cash flows generated by the assets at these locations.



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Basis of presentation and accounting policies (Continued)

Goodwill and other intangible assets

        The Company amortizes intangible assets over their estimated useful lives unless such lives are deemed indefinite. Goodwill and otherintangible assets with indefinite lives are tested for impairment annually or more frequently if indicators of impairment are present. Other intangible assets are tested for impairment whenif indicators of impairment are present. Quantitative impairment tests for indefinite-lived intangibleImpaired assets are based on undiscounted cash flows, and if impaired, the associated assets must be written down to fair value based on either discounted cash flows or appraised values.as required. No impairment of intangible assets has been identified during any of the periods presented.

        In accordance with accounting standards for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, an entity has the option first to assess qualitative factors to determine whether events and circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that goodwill or an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. If after such assessment an entity concludes that the asset is not impaired, then the entity is not required to take further action. However, if an entity concludes otherwise, then it is required to determine the fair value of the asset using a quantitative impairment test.

        Goodwilltest, and intangibleif impaired, the associated assets with indefinite lives are tested for impairment annually or more frequently if indicators of impairment are present andmust be written down to fair value as required. No impairment of intangible assets has been identified during any of the periods presented.described in further detail below.

        The quantitative goodwill impairment test is a two-step process that requireswould require management to make judgments in determining what assumptions to use in the calculation. The first step of the process consists of estimating the fair value of the Company'san entity's reporting unitunits based on valuation techniques (including a discounted cash flow model using revenue and profit forecasts) and comparing that estimated fair value with the recorded carrying value, which includes goodwill. If the estimated fair value is less than the carrying value, a second step is performed to compute the amount of the impairment by determining an "implied fair value" of goodwill. The determination of the implied fair value of goodwill would require the Companyentity to allocate the estimated fair value of its reporting unit to its assets and liabilities. Any unallocated fair value would represent the implied fair value of goodwill, which would be compared to its corresponding carrying value.

        The quantitative impairment test for intangible assets compares the fair value of the intangible asset with its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of an intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

Other assets

        Noncurrent Other assets consist primarily of qualifying prepaid expenses debt issuance costs which are amortized over the lifefor maintenance, beer and wine licenses, and utility, security and other deposits.

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

        Accrued expenses and other consist of the related obligations, deferred compensation obligations,following:

(In thousands)
 January 29,
2016
 January 30,
2015
 

Compensation and benefits

 $111,191 $78,645 

Insurance

  82,182  81,944 

Taxes (other than taxes on income)

  136,762  124,893 

Other

  136,987  128,278 

 $467,122 $413,760 

        Included in other accrued expenses are liabilities such as interest expense, freight expense, and utility and security deposits.utilities.



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Basis of presentation and accounting policies (Continued)

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

        Accrued expenses and other consist of the following:

(In thousands)
 February 1,
2013
 February 3,
2012
 

Compensation and benefits

 $76,981 $76,989 

Insurance

  86,189  78,235 

Taxes (other than taxes on income)

  89,329  107,953 

Other

  104,939  133,898 
      

 $357,438 $397,075 
      

        Other accrued expenses primarily include the current portion of liabilities for legal settlements, freight expense, contingent rent expense, utilities, derivatives, and common area and other maintenance charges.

Insurance liabilities

        The Company retains a significant portion of risk for its workers' compensation, employee health, general liability, property and automobile claim exposures. Accordingly, provisions are made for the Company's estimates of such risks. The undiscounted future claim costs for the workers' compensation, general liability, and health claim risks are derived using actuarial methods.methods and are recorded as self-insurance reserves pursuant to Company policy. To the extent that subsequent claim costs vary from those estimates, future results of operations will be affected.affected as the reserves are adjusted.

        Ashley River Insurance Company ("ARIC"), a South Carolina-based wholly owned captive insurance subsidiary of the Company, charges the operating subsidiary companies premiums to insure the retained workers' compensation and non-property general liability exposures. Pursuant to South Carolina insurance regulations, ARIC is required to maintainmaintains certain levels of cash and cash equivalents related to its self-insured exposures. ARIC currently insures no unrelated third-party risk.

        The Company's policy is to record self-insurance reserves on an undiscounted basis, except for reserves assumed in a business combination.

Operating leases and related liabilities

        Rent expense is recognized over the term of the lease. The Company records minimum rental expense on a straight-line basis over the base, non-cancelable lease term commencing on the date that the Company takes physical possession of the property from the landlord, which normally includes a period prior to the store opening to make necessary leasehold improvements and install store fixtures. When a lease contains a predetermined fixed escalation of the minimum rent, the Company recognizes the related rent expense on a straight-line basis and records the difference between the recognized rental expense and the amounts payable under the lease as deferred rent. Tenant allowances, to the extent received, are recorded as deferred incentive rent and are amortized as a reduction to rent expense over the term of the lease. AnyThe difference between the calculated expense and the amounts actually paid are reflected asresult in a liability, with the current portion in Accrued expenses and other and the long-term portion in Other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets, and totaled approximately $43.6$57.9 million and $31.3$54.6 million at February 1, 2013January 29, 2016 and February 3, 2012,January 30, 2015, respectively.



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Basis of presentation and accounting policies (Continued)

        The Company recognizes contingent rental expense when the achievement of specified sales targets areis considered probable, in accordance with applicable accounting standards for contingent rent.probable. The amount expensed but not paid as of February 1, 2013January 29, 2016 and February 3, 2012January 30, 2015 was approximately $7.7$4.0 million and $9.4$4.8 million, respectively, and is included in Accrued expenses and other in the consolidated balance sheets.

Other liabilities

        Noncurrent Other liabilities consist of the following:

(In thousands)
 February 1,
2013
 February 3,
2012
  January 29,
2016
 January 30,
2015
 

Compensation and benefits

 $18,404 $17,570 

Insurance

 137,451 137,891  $137,798 $140,916 

Income tax related reserves

 23,383 41,130 

Deferred rent

 57,017 53,975 

Deferred gain on sale leaseback

 53,737 58,215 

Other

 46,161 32,558  26,731 32,203 
      $275,283 $285,309 

 $225,399 $229,149 
     

        Amounts reflected as "other" in the table above consist primarily
DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Basis of deferred rentpresentation and derivative liabilities.accounting policies (Continued)

Fair value accounting

        The Company utilizes accounting standards for fair value, which include the definition of fair value, the framework for measuring fair value, and disclosures about fair value measurements. Fair value is a market-based measurement, not an entity-specific measurement. Therefore, a fair value measurement should be determined based on the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. As a basis for considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, fair value accounting standards establish a fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between market participant assumptions based on market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity (observable inputs that are classified within Levels 1 and 2 of the hierarchy) and the reporting entity's own assumptions about market participant assumptions (unobservable inputs classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy).

        Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access. Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are directly or indirectly observable for the asset or liability. Level 2 inputs may include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, as well as inputs that are observable for the asset or liability (other than quoted prices), such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates, and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability, which are based on an entity's own assumptions, as there is little, if any, relatedobservable market activity. In instances where the determination of the fair value measurement is based on inputs from different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the entire fair value measurement falls is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Company's assessment of the significance of a particular input to the



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Basis of presentation and accounting policies (Continued)

fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.

        The valuation of the Company's derivative financial instruments is determined using widely accepted valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative. This analysis reflectstakes into account the contractual terms of the derivatives, including the period to maturity, and uses observable market-based inputs, including interest rate curves. The fair values of interest rate swaps are determined using the market standard methodology of netting the discounted future fixed cash payments (or receipts) and the discounted expected variable cash receipts (or payments). The variable cash receipts (or payments) are based on an expectation of future interest rates (forward curves) derived from observable market interest rate curves.

        The Company incorporates credit valuation adjustments (CVAs) to appropriately reflect both its own nonperformance risk and the respective counterparty's nonperformance risk in the fair value measurements. In adjusting the fair value of its derivative contracts for the effect of nonperformance risk, theThe Company has consideredconsiders the impact of netting and any applicable credit enhancements, such as collateral postings, thresholds, mutual puts, and guarantees.

guarantees, to adjust the fair value of outstanding derivative contracts for the effect of nonperformance risk. In connection with accounting standards for fair value measurement, the Company has made an accounting policy election to measure the credit risk of itsoutstanding derivative financial instruments that are subject to master netting agreements on a net basis by counterparty portfolio. The Company has determined that the majority of the inputs used to value its derivatives fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. However, the CVAs associated with its derivatives utilize Level 3 inputs, such as estimates of current credit spreads to evaluate the likelihood of default by itself and its counterparties. As of February 1, 2013, the Company has assessed the significance of the impact of the CVAs on the overall valuation of its derivative positions and has determined that the CVAs are not significant to the overall valuation of its derivatives. Based on the Company's review of the CVAs by counterparty portfolio, the Company has determined that the CVAs are not significant to the overall portfolio valuations, as the CVAs are deemed to be immaterial in terms of basis points and are a very small percentage of the aggregate notional value. Although some of the CVAs as a percentage of termination value appear to be more significant, primary emphasis was placed on a review of the CVA in basis points and the percentage of the notional value. As a result, the Company has determined that its derivative valuations in their entirety are classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Derivative financial instruments

        The Company accounts for derivative financial instruments in accordance with applicable accounting standards for derivativesuch instruments and hedging activities. All financial instrument positions taken by the Company are intended to be used to reduce risk by hedging an underlying economic exposure.

        The Company recordsactivities, which require that all derivatives are



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Basis of presentation and accounting policies (Continued)

recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether the Company has elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting.

        Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset, liability, or firm commitment attributable to a particular risk, such as interest rate risk, are considered fair value hedges. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows, or other types of forecasted transactions, are considered cash



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Basis of presentation and accounting policies (Continued)

flow hedges. Derivatives may also be designated as hedges of the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation. Hedge accounting generally provides for the matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with the recognition of the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk in a fair value hedge or the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge. The Company may enter into derivative contracts that are intended to economically hedge a certain portion of its risk, even though hedge accounting does not apply or the Company elects not to apply the hedge accounting standards.

        The Company's derivative financial instruments, in the form of interest rate swaps at February 1, 2013, are related to variable interest rate risk exposures associated with the Company's long-term debt and were entered into in an effort to manage that risk. The counterparties to the Company's derivative agreements are all major international financial institutions. The Company continually monitors its position and the credit ratings of its counterparties and does not anticipate nonperformance by the counterparties.

Revenue and gain recognition

        The Company recognizes retail sales in its stores at the time the customer takes possession of merchandise. All sales are net of discounts and estimated returns and are presented net of taxes assessed by governmental authorities that are imposed concurrent with those sales. The liability for retail merchandise returns is based on the Company's prior experience. The Company records gain contingencies when realized.

        The Company recognizes gift card sales revenue at the time of redemption. The liability for the gift cards is established for the cash value at the time of purchase. The liability for outstanding gift cards was approximately $3.6$2.8 million and $2.9$2.5 million at February 1, 2013January 29, 2016 and February 3, 2012,January 30, 2015, respectively, and is recorded in Accrued expenses and other liabilities. Through February 1, 2013, the Company has not recorded anyEstimated breakage income relatedrevenue, a percentage of gift cards that will never be redeemed based on historical redemption rates, is recognized over time in proportion to itsactual gift card program.redemptions. The Company recorded breakage revenue of $0.6 million and $2.4 million in 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Advertising costs

        Advertising costs are expensed upon performance, "first showing" or distribution, and are reflected in SG&A expenses net of earned cooperative advertising amounts provided by vendors which are specific, incremental and otherwise qualifying expenses related to the promotion or sale of vendor products for dollar amounts up to but not exceeding actual incremental costs. Advertising costs were $61.7$89.3 million, $50.4$77.3 million and $46.9$70.5 million in 2012, 20112015, 2014 and 2010,2013, respectively. These costs primarily include promotional circulars, targeted circulars supporting new stores, television and radio advertising, in-store signage, and costs associated with the sponsorships of certain automobile racing activities. Vendor funding for cooperative advertising offset reported expenses by $23.6$36.7 million, $20.8$35.0 million and $14.2$31.9 million in 2012, 20112015, 2014 and 2010,2013, respectively.



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Basis of presentation and accounting policies (Continued)

Share-based payments

        The Company recognizes compensation expense for share-based compensation based on the fair value of the awards on the grant date. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of valuation and reduce expense ratably over the vesting period. This estimate may be adjusted periodically based on the extent to which actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from the prior estimate. The forfeiture rate



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Basis of presentation and accounting policies (Continued)

is the estimated percentage of optionsshare-based awards granted that are expected to be forfeited or canceled before becoming fully vested. The Company bases this estimate on historical experience or estimates of future trends, as applicable. An increase in the forfeiture rate will decrease compensation expense.

        The fair value of each option grant is separately estimated and amortized into compensation expense on a straight-line basis between the applicable grant date and each vesting date. The Company has estimated the fair value of all stock option awards as of the grant date by applying the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing valuation model. The application of this valuation model involves assumptions that are judgmental and highly sensitive in the determination of compensation expense.

        The Company calculates compensation expense for nonvested restricted stock, share units and similar awards as the difference between the market price of the underlying stock or similar award on the grant date and the purchase price, if any. Such expense is recognized on a straight-line basis for graded awards or an accelerated basis for performance awards over the period in which the recipient earns the awards.

Store pre-opening costs

        Pre-opening costs related to new store openings and the related construction periods are expensed as incurred.

Income taxes

        Under the accounting standards for income taxes, the asset and liability method is used for computing the future income tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company's consolidated financial statements or income tax returns. Deferred income tax expense or benefit is the net change during the year in the Company's deferred income tax assets and liabilities.

        The Company includes income tax related interest and penalties as a component of the provision for income tax expense.

        Income tax reserves are determined using a methodology which requires companies to assess each income tax position taken using a two-step process. A determination is first made as to whether it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained, based upon the technical merits, upon examination by the taxing authorities. If the tax position is expected to meet the more likely than not criteria, the benefit recorded for the tax position equals the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement of the respective tax position. Uncertain tax positions require determinations and estimated liabilities to be made based on provisions of the tax law which may be subject to change or varying interpretation. If the Company's determinations and estimates prove to be inaccurate, the resulting adjustments could be material to the Company's future financial results.



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Basis of presentation and accounting policies (Continued)

Management estimates

        The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Accounting standards

        In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued comprehensive new accounting standards related to the recognition of revenue, which specified an effective date for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption not permitted. In August 2015, the FASB deferred the effective date to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, with earlier adoption permitted only for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The new guidance allows for companies to use either a full retrospective or a modified retrospective approach in the adoption of this guidance. The Company is currently evaluating these transition approaches, as well as the potential timing of adoption and the effect of adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

        In April 2015, the FASB issued new accounting guidance related to the presentation of debt issuance costs and requires such costs to be presented as a deduction from the corresponding debt liability, consistent with the presentation of debt discounts and/or premiums. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. The guidance must be applied retrospectively to all periods presented within the financial statements. The Company adopted this guidance in the third quarter of 2015. As a result, the presentation of $15.5 million of debt issuance costs (net of accumulated amortization) previously classified as Other assets, net are reflected in Long-term obligations on the consolidated balance sheet as of January 30, 2015.

        In November 2015, the FASB issued new accounting guidance which will require companies to classify all deferred tax assets and liabilities as noncurrent on the balance sheet instead of separating them into current and noncurrent amounts. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. This guidance may be adopted on a prospective or retrospective basis. The Company adopted this guidance retrospectively in the fourth quarter of 2015. As a result, the presentation of $25.3 million of deferred income taxes previously classified as a current liability are reflected in noncurrent deferred income taxes on the consolidated balance sheet as of January 30, 2015.

        In February 2016, the FASB issued new guidance related to lease accounting. This guidance requires a dual approach for lessee accounting under which a lessee will account for leases as finance leases or operating leases. Both finance leases and operating leases will result in the lessee recognizing a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability on its balance sheet, with differing methodology for income statement recognition. This guidance is effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2018, and early adoption is permitted. A modified retrospective approach is required for all leases existing or entered into after the beginning of the earliest comparative period in the consolidated financial statements. The Company is currently assessing the impact that adoption of this guidance will have on its consolidated financial



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Basis of presentation and accounting policies (Continued)

Accounting standards

        In July 2012, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued new accounting guidance relating to impairment testing for indefinite-lived intangible assets, as discussed in greater detail above under "Goodwillstatements and other intangible assets." This guidance is effective for annual and interim impairment tests for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012 and early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted this guidance in the third quarter of 2012 and it did not haveanticipating a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

        In June 2011,because the FASB issued an accounting standards update which revises the manner in which entities present comprehensive income in their financial statements. The new standard removes the presentation options in current guidance and requires entitiesCompany is party to report componentsa significant number of comprehensive income in either a continuous statement of comprehensive income or separate but consecutive statements. The Company adopted this guidance in 2012 in the form of separate but consecutive statements, and it did not have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.lease contracts.

Reclassifications

        Certain reclassifications of the 2011 and 2010 amountsfinancial disclosures relating to prior periods have been madereclassified to conform to the 2012 presentation.current year presentation where applicable.

2. Common stock transactions

        On August 29, 2012, the Company's Board of Directors authorized a $500 million common stock repurchase program, of which $143.6 million remained available for repurchase as of February 1, 2013. The repurchase authorization has no expiration date and allows repurchases from time to time in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, which could include repurchases from Buck Holdings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership controlled by KKR and Goldman Sachs and Co., or other related parties if appropriate. The timing and number of shares purchased will depend on a variety of factors, such as price, market conditions, compliance with the covenants and restrictions under our debt agreements and other factors. Repurchases under the program may be funded from available cash or borrowings under the Company's senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility, which is discussed in further detail in Note 6.

        On November 30, 2011, the Company's Board of Directors authorized a $500 million common stock repurchase program, which was completed during 2012 as discussed below. The repurchase authorization had terms similar to the August 2012 authorization.

        During the year ended February 1, 2013, the Company repurchased approximately 7.1 million shares under the November 2011 authorization at a total cost of $315.0 million, including approximately 6.8 million shares purchased from Buck Holdings, L.P. for an aggregate purchase price of $300.0 million, and approximately 7.3 million shares under the August 2012 authorization at a total cost of $356.4 million, including approximately 4.9 million shares purchased from Buck Holdings, L.P. for an aggregate purchase price of $250.0 million. During the year ended February 3, 2012, the Company repurchased approximately 4.9 million shares under the November 2011 authorization from Buck Holdings, L.P. at a total cost of $185.0 million.



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. Goodwill and other intangible assets

        As of February 1, 2013January 29, 2016 and February 3, 2012,January 30, 2015, the balances of the Company's intangible assets were as follows:


  
 As of February 1, 2013   
 As of January 29, 2016 
(In thousands)
 Remaining
Life
 Amount Accumulated
Amortization
 Net  Remaining
Life
 Amount Accumulated
Amortization
 Net 

Goodwill

 Indefinite $4,338,589 $ $4,338,589  Indefinite $4,338,589 $ $4,338,589 
       

Other intangible assets:

          

Leasehold interests

 1 to 10 years $106,917 $87,074 $19,843  1 to 7 years $4,379 $3,085 $1,294 

Trade names and trademarks

 Indefinite 1,199,700  1,199,700  Indefinite 1,199,700  1,199,700 
          $1,204,079 $3,085 $1,200,994 

   $1,306,617 $87,074 $1,219,543 
       

 


  
 As of February 3, 2012   
 As of January 30, 2015 
(In thousands)
 Remaining
Life
 Amount Accumulated
Amortization
 Net  Remaining
Life
 Amount Accumulated
Amortization
 Net 

Goodwill

 Indefinite $4,338,589 $ $4,338,589  Indefinite $4,338,589 $ $4,338,589 
       

Other intangible assets:

          

Leasehold interests

 1 to 11 years $122,169 $85,415 $36,754  1 to 8 years $18,218 $16,048 $2,170 

Trade names and trademarks

 Indefinite 1,199,200  1,199,200  Indefinite 1,199,700  1,199,700 
          $1,217,918 $16,048 $1,201,870 

   $1,321,369 $85,415 $1,235,954 
       

        The Company recorded amortization expense related to amortizable intangible assets for 2012, 20112015, 2014 and 20102013 of $16.9$0.9 million, $21.0$5.8 million and $27.4$11.9 million, respectively, (allall of which is included in rent expense, with the exception of internally developed software amortization of $1.7 million in 2010).expense. Expected future cash flows associated with the Company's intangible assets are not expected to be materially affected by the Company's intent or ability to renew or extend the arrangements. The Company's goodwill balance is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

        For intangible assets subject to amortization, the estimated aggregate amortization expense for each of the five succeeding fiscal years is as follows: 2013—$11.9 million, 2014—$5.8 million, 2015—$0.9 million, 2016—$0.3 million, and 2017—$0.2 million, 2018—$0.2 million and 2019—$0.2 million and 2020—$0.1 million.


4.
DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. Earnings per share

        Earnings per share is computed as follows (in thousands except per share data):

 
 2012 
 
 Net
Income
 Weighted Average
Shares
 Per Share
Amount
 

Basic earnings per share

 $952,662  332,254 $2.87 

Effect of dilutive share-based awards

     2,215    
        

Diluted earnings per share

 $952,662  334,469 $2.85 
        


DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. Earnings per share (Continued)



 2011  2015 

 Net
Income
 Weighted Average
Shares
 Per Share
Amount
  Net
Income
 Weighted
Average
Shares
 Per Share
Amount
 

Basic earnings per share

 $766,685 341,234 $2.25  $1,165,080 294,330 $3.96 

Effect of dilutive share-based awards

   3,883      881   
       

Diluted earnings per share

 $766,685 345,117 $2.22  $1,165,080 295,211 $3.95 
       

 


 2010  2014 

 Net
Income
 Weighted Average
Shares
 Per Share
Amount
  Net
Income
 Weighted
Average
Shares
 Per Share
Amount
 

Basic earnings per share

 $627,857 341,047 $1.84  $1,065,345 304,633 $3.50 

Effect of dilutive share-based awards

   3,753      1,048   
       

Diluted earnings per share

 $627,857 344,800 $1.82  $1,065,345 305,681 $3.49 
       


 
 2013 
 
 Net
Income
 Weighted
Average
Shares
 Per Share
Amount
 

Basic earnings per share

 $1,025,116  322,886 $3.17 

Effect of dilutive share-based awards

     968    

Diluted earnings per share

 $1,025,116  323,854 $3.17 

        Basic earnings per share was computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share was determined based on the dilutive effect of share-based awards using the treasury stock method.

        Options to purchase shares of common stock that were outstanding at the end of the respective periods, but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the effect of exercising such options would be antidilutive, were 0.81.3 million, zero1.2 million, and 0.41.2 million in 2012, 20112015, 2014 and 2010,2013, respectively.

5. Income taxes

        The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following:

(In thousands)
 2012 2011 2010 

Current:

          

Federal

 $457,370 $385,277 $273,005 

Foreign

  1,209  1,449  1,269 

State

  78,025  56,272  28,062 
        

  536,604  442,998  302,336 
        

Deferred:

          

Federal

  9,734  8,313  42,024 

State

  (1,606) 7,293  12,755 
        

  8,128  15,606  54,779 
        

 $544,732 $458,604 $357,115 
        


DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5.4. Income taxes (Continued)

        The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following:

(In thousands)
 2015 2014 2013 

Current:

          

Federal

 $590,120 $543,089 $530,728 

Foreign

  1,678  1,245  1,324 

State

  84,021  81,816  101,174 

  675,819  626,150  633,226 

Deferred:

          

Federal

  6,410  (7,697) (16,132)

State

  5,715  (2,937) (13,880)

  12,125  (10,634) (30,012)

 $687,944 $615,516 $603,214 

        A reconciliation between actual income taxes and amounts computed by applying the federal statutory rate to income before income taxes is summarized as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
 2012 2011 2010  2015 2014 2013 

U.S. federal statutory rate on earnings before income taxes

 $524,088 35.0%$428,851 35.0%$344,740 35.0% $648,558 35.0%$588,303 35.0%$569,916 35.0%

State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit

 52,713 3.5 42,774 3.5 26,877 2.7  59,700 3.2 49,819 3.0 56,822 3.5 

Jobs credits, net of federal income taxes

 (16,062) (1.1) (15,153) (1.2) (8,845) (0.9) (21,366) (1.2) (18,961) (1.1) (19,348) (1.2)

Increase (decrease) in valuation allowances

 (3,050) (0.2) (2,202) (0.2) (1,003) (0.1) (1,371) (0.1) 1,453 0.1 (437)  

Income tax related interest expense (benefit), net of federal income taxes

 (476)  (121)  (5,004) (0.5)

Reduction in income tax reserves due to favorable examination resolutions

 (13,676) (0.9)     

Decrease in income tax reserves

 (2,037) (0.1) (6,449) (0.4) (6,391) (0.4)

Other, net

 1,195 0.1 4,455 0.3 350 0.1  4,460 0.3 1,351  2,652 0.1 
              $687,944 37.1%$615,516 36.6%$603,214 37.0%

 $544,732 36.4%$458,604 37.4%$357,115 36.3%
             

        The 20122015 effective tax rate was an expense of 36.4%37.1%. This expense was greater than the federal statutory tax rate of 35% due primarily to the inclusion of state income taxes in the total effective tax rate. The 20122015 effective income tax rate of 36.4% was lower than the 2011 rate of 37.4%increased from 2014 due principally to federal and state reserve releases in 2014 that did not reoccur, to the favorable resolution of a federal income tax examination during 2012.same extent, in 2015.

        The 20112014 effective tax rate was an expense of 37.4%36.6%. This expense was greater than the federal statutory tax rate of 35% due primarily to the inclusion of state income taxes in the total effective tax rate. The 20112014 effective income tax rate was greater than the 2010 rate of 36.3% primarilydecreased from 2013 due principally to the effectivefavorable resolution of various examinations by the taxing authorities in 2010 that did not reoccur, to the same extent, in 2011. These factors resulted in rate increases in 2011, as compared to 2010, associated with state income taxestax examinations and a reduction in other state income tax related interest expense. Increases in federal jobs related tax credits, primarily due to the Hire Act's Retention Credit, reduced the effective rate in 2011 as compared to 2010. The Retention Credit applies only to 2011.reserve increases.

        The 20102013 effective tax rate was an expense of 36.3%37.0%. This expense was greater than the federal statutory tax rate of 35% due primarily to the inclusion of state income taxes in the total effective tax rate.



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5.4. Income taxes (Continued)

        Deferred taxes reflect the effects of temporary differences between carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

(In thousands)
 February 1,
2013
 February 3,
2012
  January 29,
2016
 January 30,
2015
 

Deferred tax assets:

      

Deferred compensation expense

 $9,276 $7,851  $8,200 $8,842 

Accrued expenses and other

 5,727 6,735 

Accrued expenses

 8,139 5,146 

Accrued rent

 15,450 11,125  20,793 19,360 

Accrued insurance

 72,442 70,180  72,676 76,197 

Accrued bonuses

 15,399 16,686 

Accrued incentive compensation

 19,902 14,866 

Share based compensation

 17,988 17,623 

Interest rate hedges

 1,883 4,479  3,702 4,318 

Tax benefit of income tax and interest reserves related to uncertain tax positions

 2,696 2,690  1,371 1,502 

Deferred gain on sale-leaseback

 22,637 24,385 

Other

 13,914 16,010  9,440 3,550 

State tax net operating loss carry forwards, net of federal tax

 645 33 

State tax credit carry forwards, net of federal tax

 8,925 10,628  10,711 11,039 
     

 146,357 146,417  195,559 186,828 

Less valuation allowances

 (1,830) (4,881) (1,474) (2,845)
     

Total deferred tax assets

 144,527 141,536  194,085 183,983 
     

Deferred tax liabilities:

      

Property and equipment

 (294,204) (287,447) (320,619) (302,531)

Inventories

 (67,246) (49,345) (72,456) (73,188)

Trademarks

 (435,529) (435,611) (433,548) (433,328)

Amortizable assets

 (6,809) (13,234)

Bonus related tax method change

 (6,534) (13,078)

Other

 (4,498) (3,539) (7,417) (1,794)
     

Total deferred tax liabilities

 (814,820) (802,254) (834,040) (810,841)
     

Net deferred tax liabilities

 $(670,293)$(660,718) $(639,955)$(626,858)
     

        NetDeferred tax assets (liabilities) at January 30, 2015 include the reclassification of current deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected separately on the consolidated balance sheets as current and noncurrent deferred income taxes. The following table summarizes net deferred tax liabilities as recorded in the consolidated balance sheets:

(In thousands)
 February 1,
2013
 February 3,
2012
 

Current deferred income tax liabilities, net

 $(23,223)$(3,722)

Noncurrent deferred income tax liabilities, net

  (647,070) (656,996)
      

Net deferred tax liabilities

 $(670,293)$(660,718)
      


DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5. Income taxes (Continued)to noncurrent. See Note 1 for additional information.

        The Company has state net operating loss carry forwards as of February 1, 2013 that total approximately $7.3 million which will expire in 2028. The Company also has state tax credit carry forwards of approximately $14.0$16.5 million that will expire beginning in 2021 through 2023.2024.

        TheA valuation allowance has been provided for state tax credit carry forwards and federal capital losses.forwards. The 2012, 2011, and 2010 decreases2015 decrease of $3.1$1.4 million $2.2 million and $1.0 million, respectively, werewas recorded as a reduction in income tax expense. The 2014 increase of $1.5 million and 2013 decrease of $0.4 million were recorded as an increase and a reduction in income tax expense, respectively. Based upon expected future income, management believes that it is more likely than not that the results of operations will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets after giving consideration to the valuation allowance.

        The Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") has completed its examination of the Company's federal income tax returns for fiscal years 2006, 2007, and 2008. As a result, the 20082010 and earlier tax years are not open for further examination by the IRS.Internal Revenue Service ("IRS"). Due to the filing of an amended federal income tax return for the 2011 tax



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. Income taxes (Continued)

year, the IRS may, to a limited extent, examine the Company's 2011 income tax filings. The IRS, at its discretion, may also choose to examine the Company's 2009, 2010, or 20112012 through 2014 fiscal year income tax filings. The Company has various state income tax examinations that are currently in progress. Generally, the Company's 20092011 and later tax years remain open for examination by the various state taxing authorities.

        As of February 1, 2013,January 29, 2016, accruals for uncertain tax benefits, interest expense related to income taxes and potential income tax penalties were $22.2$7.0 million, $2.3$0.9 million and $0.4$0.8 million, respectively, for a total of $24.9$8.7 million. Of thisThis total amount $1.5 million and $23.4 million areis reflected in current liabilities as Accrued expenses and other and in noncurrent Other liabilities respectively, in the consolidated balance sheet.

        As of February 3, 2012,January 30, 2015, accruals for uncertain tax benefits, interest expense related to income taxes and potential income tax penalties were $42.0$9.3 million, $1.2$1.0 million and $0.6$0.4 million, respectively, for a total of $43.8$10.7 million. Of thisThis total amount $0.3 million and $41.1 million areis reflected in current liabilities as Accrued expenses and other and in noncurrent Other liabilities respectively, in the consolidated balance sheet with the remaining $2.4 million reducing deferred tax assets related to net operating loss carry forwards.sheet.

        The Company believes that it is reasonably possible that the reserve for uncertain tax positions may be reduced by approximately $15.4$2.6 million in the coming twelve months principally as a result of the expirationeffective settlement of the statute of limitations.outstanding issues. Also, as of February 1, 2013,January 29, 2016, approximately $22.2$7.0 million of the uncertain tax positions would impact the Company's effective income tax rate if the Company were to recognize the tax benefit for these positions.

        The amounts associated with uncertain tax positions included in income tax expense consists of the following:

(In thousands)
 2012 2011 2010  2015 2014 2013 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 $(16,119)$97 $(12,000) $(2,379)$(9,497)$(3,915)

Income tax related interest expense (benefit)

 344 968 (5,800) (23) (1,445) 590 

Income tax related penalty expense (benefit)

 (200) 63 (700) 373 51 30 


DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5. Income taxes (Continued)

        A reconciliation of the uncertain income tax positions from January 29, 2010 through February 1, 2013 through January 29, 2016 is as follows:

(In thousands)
 2012 2011 2010  2015 2014 2013 

Beginning balance

 $42,018 $26,429 $67,636  $9,343 $19,583 $22,237 

Increases—tax positions taken in the current year

 2,114 125 125  214 198 3,484 

Increases—tax positions taken in prior years

 1,144 15,840   17 62 3,000 

Decreases—tax positions taken in prior years

 (22,669)  (36,973) (106) (8,636) (608)

Statute expirations

 (166) (376) (1,570) (2,504) (1,121) (7,622)

Settlements

 (204)  (2,789)  (743) (908)
       

Ending balance

 $22,237 $42,018 $26,429  $6,964 $9,343 $19,583 
       

6. Current and long-term obligations

        Current and long-term obligations consist of the following:

(In thousands)
 February 1,
2013
 February 3,
2012
 

Senior secured term loan facility:

       

Maturity July 6, 2014

 $1,083,800 $1,963,500 

Maturity July 6, 2017

  879,700   

ABL Facility, maturity July 6, 2014 and July 6, 2013, respectively

  286,500  184,700 

41/8% Senior Notes due July 15, 2017

  500,000   

117/8%/125/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due July 15, 2017

    450,697 

Capital lease obligations

  7,733  5,089 

Tax increment financing due February 1, 2035

  14,495  14,495 
      

  2,772,228  2,618,481 

Less: current portion

  (892) (590)
      

Long-term portion

 $2,771,336 $2,617,891 
      

        As of February 1, 2013 the Company has senior secured credit agreements (the "Credit Facilities") which provide total financing of $3.16 billion, consisting of a senior secured term loan facility ("Term Loan Facility"), and a senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility ("ABL Facility").

        On March 15, 2012, the ABL Facility was amended and restated. The maturity date was extended by a year to July 6, 2014 and the total commitment was increased to $1.2 billion (of which up to $350.0 million is available for letters of credit), subject to borrowing base availability. The Company capitalized $2.7 million of debt issue costs, and incurred a pretax loss of $1.6 million for the write off of a portion of existing debt issue costs associated with the amendment, which is reflected in Other (income) expense in the consolidated statement of income for the year ended February 1, 2013.

        On March 30, 2012, the Term Loan Facility was amended and restated. Pursuant to the amendment, the maturity date for a portion ($879.7 million) of the Term Loan Facility was extended from July 6, 2014 to July 6, 2017. The applicable margin for borrowings under the Term Loan Facility



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

6.5. Current and long-term obligations (Continued)

remains unchanged.        Current and long-term obligations consist of the following:

(In thousands)
 January 29,
2016
 January 30,
2015
 

Senior unsecured credit facilities

       

Term Facility

 $425,000 $925,000 

Revolving Facility

  251,000   

4.125% Senior Notes due July 15, 2017

  500,000  500,000 

1.875% Senior Notes due April 15, 2018 (net of discount of $203 and $294)

  399,797  399,706 

3.250% Senior Notes due April 15, 2023 (net of discount of $1,775 and $1,991)

  898,225  898,009 

4.150% Senior Notes due November 1, 2025 (net of discount of $764)

  499,236   

Capital lease obligations

  4,806  5,875 

Tax increment financing due February 1, 2035

  10,590  11,995 

Debt issuance costs, net

  (18,100) (15,462)

  2,970,554  2,725,123 

Less: current portion

  (1,379) (101,158)

Long-term portion

 $2,969,175 $2,623,965 

Borrowing Facilities and 2015 Refinancing

        On October 20, 2015, the Company consummated a refinancing, pursuant to which the Company amended and restated its senior unsecured credit facilities (and refinanced all borrowings thereunder) and issued senior notes in an aggregate principal amount of $500.0 million, net of discount totaling $0.8 million. The amended and restated senior unsecured credit facilities (the "Facilities") consist of a $425.0 million senior unsecured term loan facility (the "Term Facility") and a $1.0 billion senior unsecured revolving credit facility (the "Revolving Facility") which provides for the issuance of letters of credit up to $175.0 million. The Facilities are scheduled to mature on October 20, 2020. The Company capitalized $5.2incurred $2.6 million of new debt issueissuance costs associated with the amendment.

        On October 9, 2012,refinancing of the Credit Facilities were further amended to add additional capacity for the Company to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire shares of its capital stock, not to exceed $250.0 million. The Company incurred a fee of $1.7 million associated with these amendments which is included in Other (income) expense in the consolidated statement of income for the year ended February 1, 2013. The Company was reimbursed for these fees as further discussed in Note 12.Facilities.

        Borrowings under the Credit Facilities bear interest at a rate equal to an applicable interest rate margin plus, at the Company's option, either (a) LIBOR or (b) a base rate (which is usually equal to the prime rate). The applicable interest rate margin for borrowings as of February 1, 2013 and February 3, 2012January 29, 2016 was (i) under the Term Loan, 2.75%1.10% for LIBOR borrowings and 1.75% for base-rate borrowings and (ii) under the ABL Facility, 1.50% for LIBOR borrowings and 0.50%0.10% for base-rate borrowings. At February 3, 2012, prior toThe Company must also pay a facility fee, payable on any used and unused commitment amounts of the amendment discussed above,Facilities, and customary fees on letters of credit issued under the ABL Facility also had a "last out" trancheRevolving Facility. As of $101.0 million for whichJanuary 29, 2016, the applicable margincommitment fee rate was 2.25% for LIBOR borrowings and 1.25% for base rate borrowings.0.15%. The applicable interest rate margins for borrowings, the facility fees and the letter of credit fees under the ABL FacilityFacilities are subject to adjustment each quarterfrom time to time based on the Company's long-term senior unsecured debt ratings. The weighted average daily excess availability under the ABL Facility. The Company also must pay customary letter of credit fees. Theall-in interest rate for borrowings under the Term Loan FacilityFacilities was 3.0% and 3.1% (without giving effect to the interest rate swaps discussed in Note 8),1.65% as of February 1, 2013 and February 3, 2012, respectively.January 29, 2016.

        The senior secured credit agreement for the Term Loan Facility requires the Company to prepay outstanding term loans, subject to certain exceptions, with percentages of excess cash flow, proceeds of non-ordinary course asset sales or dispositions of property, and proceeds of incurrences of certain debt. In addition, the senior secured credit agreement for the ABL Facility requires the Company to prepay the ABL Facility, subject to certain exceptions, with proceeds of non-ordinary course asset sales or dispositions of property and any borrowings in excess of the then current borrowing base. The Term Loan FacilityFacilities can be voluntarily prepaid in whole or in part at any time. No prepayments have beentime without penalty. There is no required principal amortization under the prepayment provisions listed above through February 1, 2013.

        All obligations under the Credit Facilities are unconditionally guaranteed by substantially all of the Company's existing and future domestic subsidiaries (excluding certain immaterial subsidiaries and certain subsidiaries designated by the Company under the Credit Facilities as "unrestricted subsidiaries").

        All obligations and guarantees of those obligations under the Term Loan Facility are secured by, subject to certain exceptions, a second-priority security interest in all existing and after-acquired inventory and accounts receivable; a first priority security interest in substantially all of the Company's and the guarantors' tangible and intangible assets (other than the inventory and accounts receivable collateral); and a first-priority pledge of the capital stock held by the Company. All obligations under the ABL Facility are secured by all existing and after-acquired inventory and accounts receivable, subject to certain exceptions.

Facilities. The Credit Facilities contain certain covenants, including, among other things, covenants that limit the Company's ability to incur additional indebtedness, sell assets, incur additional liens, pay dividends, make investments or acquisitions, or repay certain indebtedness.a number of customary



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

6.5. Current and long-term obligations (Continued)

affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, the Company's and its subsidiaries' ability to: incur additional liens; sell all or substantially all of the Company's assets; consummate certain fundamental changes or change in the Company's lines of business; and incur additional subsidiary indebtedness. The Facilities also contain financial covenants which require the maintenance of a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and a maximum leverage ratio. As of February 1, 2013 and February 3, 2012,January 29, 2016, the respective letterCompany was in compliance with all such covenants. The Facilities also contain customary events of default.

        As of January 29, 2016, under the Revolving Facility, the Company had borrowing availability of $722.0 million. In addition, the Company had outstanding letters of credit amounts related to the ABL Facilitytotaling $38.7 million, $27.0 million of which were $40.1 million and $38.4 million, and borrowing availabilityissued under the ABL Facility was $873.4Revolving Facility.

        The Company incurred a pretax loss of $0.3 million and $807.9 million, respectively.for the write off of debt issuance costs associated with the refinancing of its credit facilities, which is reflected in Other (income) expense in the consolidated statement of income for the year ended January 29, 2016.

        On July 12, 2012,October 20, 2015, the Company issued $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of 4.125%4.150% senior notes due 20172025 (the "Senior"2025 Senior Notes"), net of discount of $0.8 million, which are scheduled to mature on July 15, 2017, pursuant to an indenture dated as of July 12, 2012 (the "Senior Indenture"). The Company capitalized $7.3 million of debt issue costs associated with the Senior Notes.

November 1, 2025. Interest on the 2025 Senior Notes is payable in cash on January 15May 1 and July 15November 1 of each year, commencing on January 15, 2013.May 1, 2016. The Company incurred $4.4 million of debt issuance costs associated with the issuance of the 2025 Senior Notes. The net proceeds from the sale of the 2025 Senior Notes are fullywere used, together with borrowings under the Facilities, to repay all of the outstanding borrowings under the then-existing credit agreement and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis byfor general corporate purposes. Collectively, the 2025 Senior Notes and the Company's other Senior Notes due 2017, 2018 and 2023 as reflected in the table above comprise the "Senior Notes", each of which were issued pursuant to an indenture as supplemented and amended by supplemental indentures relating to each series of Senior Notes (as so supplemented and amended, the existing and future direct or indirect domestic subsidiaries that guarantee the obligations under the Credit Facilities discussed above."Senior Indenture").

        The Company may redeem some or all of theits Senior Notes at any time at redemption prices described or set forth in the Senior Indenture. The Company also may seek, from time to time, to retire some or all of the Senior Notes through cash purchases in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. Such repurchases, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, the Company's liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. The amounts involved may be material.

Upon the occurrence of a change of control triggering event, which is defined in the Senior Indenture, each holder of the Senior Notes has the right to require the Company to repurchase some or all of such holder's Senior Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the repurchase date.

        The Senior Indenture contains covenants limiting, among other things, the ability of the Company and its restricted subsidiaries to (subject to certain exceptions): consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Company's assets; and to incur or guarantee indebtedness secured by liens on any shares of voting stock of significant subsidiaries.

        The Senior Indenture also provides for events of default which, if any of them occurs, would permit or require the principal of and accrued interest on the Senior Notes to become or to be declared due and payable.

        On July 15, 2012, the Company redeemed the entire $450.7 million outstanding aggregate principal amount of its 11.875%/12.625% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 (the "Senior Subordinated Notes") at a premium. The pretax loss on this transaction of $29.0 million is reflected in Other (income) expense in the consolidated statement of income for the year ended February 1, 2013. The Company funded the redemption price for the Senior Subordinated Notes with proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Notes.

        In April and July 2011, the Company repurchased or redeemed all $864.3 million outstanding aggregate principal amount of its 10.625% senior notes due 2015 at a premium. The Company funded the redemption price for the senior notes due 2015 with cash on hand and borrowings under the ABL Facility. The 2011 redemption and repurchase resulted in pretax losses totaling $60.3 million, which is reflected in Other (income) expense in the consolidated statement of income for the year ended February 3, 2012.



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

6. Current and long-term obligations (Continued)payable, as applicable.

        Scheduled debt maturities, including capital lease obligations, for the Company's fiscal years listed below are as follows (in thousands): 2013—$892; 2014—$1,371,266; 2015—$1,158; 2016—$1,379; 2017—$1,380,990;501,290; 2018—$400,892; 2019—$1,020; 2020—$676,980; thereafter—$16,543.1,409,835.


7.
DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

6. Assets and liabilities measured at fair value

        The following table presents the Company's assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of February 1, 2013,January 29, 2016, aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which those measurements fall.are classified.

(In thousands)
 Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets
for Identical
Assets and
Liabilities
(Level 1)
 Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 Balance at
February 1,
2013
 

Assets:

             

Trading securities(a)

 $5,586 $ $ $5,586 

Liabilities:

             

Long-term obligations(b)

  2,780,563  22,228    2,802,791 

Derivative financial instruments(c)

    4,822    4,822 

Deferred compensation(d)

  22,689      22,689 
(In thousands)
 Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets
for Identical
Assets and
Liabilities
(Level 1)
 Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 Balance at
January 29,
2016
 

Liabilities:

             

Long-term obligations(a)

 $2,305,470 $675,459 $ $2,980,929 

Deferred compensation(b)

  21,064      21,064 

(a)
Reflected at fair value in the consolidated balance sheet as Prepaid expenses and other current assets of $4,285 and Other assets, net of $1,301.

(b)
Reflected at book value in the consolidated balance sheet as Current portion of long-term obligations of $892$1,379 and Long-term obligations of $2,771,336.$2,969,175.

(c)(b)
Reflected at fair value in the consolidated balance sheet as noncurrent Other liabilities.

(d)
Reflected at fair value in the consolidated balance sheet asa component of Accrued expenses and other current liabilities of $4,285$8,307 and a component of noncurrent Other liabilities of $18,404.$12,757.

        The carrying amounts reflected in the consolidated balance sheets for cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments, receivables and payables approximate their respective fair values. The Company does not have any recurring fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) as of February 1, 2013.January 29, 2016.

8. Derivative financial instruments7. Derivatives and hedging activities

        TheFrom time to time, the Company enters into certain financial instrument positions, all of which are intended to be used to reduce risk by hedging an underlying economic exposure.

Risk management objective of using derivatives

        The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. The Company principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities. The Company manages economic



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. Derivative financial instruments (Continued)

risks, including interest rate, liquidity, and credit risk, primarily by managing the amount, sources, and duration of its debt funding and, from time to time, through the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, the Company entersmay enter into derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the receipt or payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined primarily by interest rates. The Company's derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of the Company's known or expected cash receipts and its known or expected cash payments principally related to the Company's borrowings.

        TheIn addition, the Company is exposed to certain risks arising from uncertainties of future market values caused by the fluctuation in the prices of commodities. From time to time the Company may enter into derivative financial instruments to protect against future price changes related to these commodity prices.



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. Derivatives and hedging activities (Continued)

Cash flow hedges of interest rate risk

        The Company's objectives inwhen using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to interest expense and to manage its exposure to interest rate changes. To accomplish this objective,these objectives, the Company primarily useshas from time to time used interest rate swaps as part of its interest rate risk management strategy. Interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of variable-rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making fixed-rate payments over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount. The Company also previously entered into treasury locks that were designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk prior to the issuance of long-term debt in April 2013.

        The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives designated and that qualify as cash flow hedges is recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (also referred to as "OCI") and is subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. These transactions representThe ineffective portion of the only amounts reflectedchange in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)fair value of the interest rate swaps, if any, is recognized directly in the consolidated statementsearnings.

        The Company had interest rate swaps with a combined notional value of shareholders' equity. During the years ended February 1, 2013, February 3, 2012 and January 28, 2011, such derivatives$875.0 million designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk that expired on May 31, 2015. Such interest rate swaps were used to hedge the variable cash flows associated with existing variable-rate debt. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives is recognized directly in earnings.

        As of February 1, 2013, the Company had three interest rate swaps with a combined notional value of $875 million that were designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk.debt prior to their maturity. Amounts reported in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) related to derivatives will bewere reclassified to interest expense as interest payments arewere made on the Company's variable-rate debt.

        In April 2013, the Company recorded a loss on the settlement of treasury locks associated with the issuance of long-term debt which was deferred to OCI and is being amortized as an increase to interest expense over the period of the debt's maturity in 2023. During the next 52-week period following January 29, 2016, the Company estimates that an additional $3.1approximately $1.3 million will be reclassified as an increase to interest expense related to the amortization of the loss associated with the treasury locks. All of the amounts reflected in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated balance sheets for all of its interest rate swaps.the periods presented are related to cash flow hedges.

Non-designated hedges of commodity risk

        Derivatives not designated as hedges are not speculative and are used to manage the Company's exposure to commodity price risk but do not meet strict hedge accounting requirements. Changes in the fair value of derivatives not designated in hedging relationships are recorded directly in earnings. As of February 1, 2013,January 29, 2016, the Company had no such non-designated hedges.



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. Derivative financial instruments (Continued)

        The table below presents the fair value of the Company's derivative financial instruments as well as their classification on the consolidated balance sheets as of February 1, 2013January 29, 2016 and February 3, 2012:January 30, 2015:

(in thousands)
 February 1,
2013
 February 3,
2012
  January 29,
2016
 January 30,
2015
 

Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments

      

Interest rate swaps classified in current liabilities as Accrued expenses and other

 $ $10,820 

Interest rate swaps classified in noncurrent liabilities as Other liabilities

 $4,822 $ 

Interest rate swaps classified as Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 $ $1,173 


DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. Derivatives and hedging activities (Continued)

        The tablestable below presentpresents the pre-tax effect of the Company's derivative financial instruments as reflected in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income and shareholders' equity, as applicable:

(in thousands)
 2012 2011 2010  2015 2014 2013 

Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships

        

Loss related to effective portion of derivative recognized in OCI

 $9,626 $3,836 $19,717  $3 $876 $16,036 

Loss related to effective portion of derivative reclassified from Accumulated OCI to Interest expense

 $13,327 $28,633 $42,994  $2,494 $5,130 $4,604 

(Gain) loss related to ineffective portion of derivative recognized in Other (income) expense

 $(2,392)$312 $526 

Credit-risk-related contingent features

        The Company has agreements with all of its interest rate swap counterparties that contain a provision providing that the Company could be declared in default on its derivative obligations if repayment of the underlying indebtedness is accelerated by the lender due to the Company's default on such indebtedness.

        As of February 1, 2013, the fair value of interest rate swaps in a net liability position, which includes accrued interest but excludes any adjustment for nonperformance risk related to these agreements, was $5.0 million. If the Company had breached any of these provisions at February 1, 2013, it could have been required to post full collateral or settle its obligations under the agreements at an estimated termination value of $5.0 million. As of February 1, 2013, the Company had not breached any of these provisions or posted any collateral related to these agreements.

9.8. Commitments and contingencies

Leases

        As of February 1, 2013,January 29, 2016, the Company was committed under operating lease agreements for most of its retail stores. Many of the Company's stores are subject to build-to-suit arrangements with landlords which typically carry a primary lease term of 10-15up to 15 years with multiple renewal options. The Company also has stores subject to shorter-term leases and many of these leases have renewal options. Certain of the Company's leased stores have provisions for contingent rentals based upon a specified percentage of defined sales volume.



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9. Commitments and contingencies (Continued)

        The land and buildings of the Company's DCs in Fulton, Missouri and Indianola, Mississippi are subject to operating lease agreements and the leased Ardmore, Oklahoma DC is subject to a financing arrangement. The entities involved in the ownership structure underlying these leases meet the accounting definition of a Variable Interest Entity ("VIE"). The Company is not the primary beneficiary of these VIEs and, accordingly, has not included these entities in its consolidated financial statements. Certain leases contain restrictive covenants. Ascovenants, and as of February 1, 2013,January 29, 2016, the Company is not aware of any material violations of such covenants.

        In January 2014, the Company sold 233 store locations for cash and concurrent with the sale transaction, the Company leased the properties back for a period of 15 years. The transaction resulted in cash proceeds of approximately $281.6 million and a deferred gain of $67.2 million which is being recognized as a reduction of rent expense over the 15-year initial lease term of the properties.

        In January 1999, the Company sold its DC located in Ardmore, Oklahoma for cash and concurrent with the sale transaction, the Company leased the property back for a period of 23 years. The transaction is being accounted for as a financing obligation rather than a sale as a result of, among other things, the lessor's ability to put the property back to the Company under certain circumstances. The property and equipment, along with the related lease obligation associated with this transaction are recorded in the consolidated balance sheets. In August 2007, the Company purchased a secured promissory note (the "Ardmore Note") from an unrelated third party with a face value of $34.3 million at the date of purchase which approximated the remaining financing obligation. The Ardmore Note represents debt issued by the third party entity from which the Company leases the Ardmore DC and therefore the Company holds the debt instrument pertaining to its lease financing obligation. Because a



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. Commitments and contingencies (Continued)

legal right of offset exists, the Company is accounting for the Ardmore Note as a reduction of its outstanding financing obligation in its consolidated balance sheets.

        Future minimum payments as of February 1, 2013January 29, 2016 for operating leases are as follows:

(In thousands)
  
   
 

2013

 $611,595 

2014

 568,029 

2015

 509,684 

2016

 452,756  $866,444 

2017

 399,708  831,367 

2018

 783,564 

2019

 720,569 

2020

 632,998 

Thereafter

 1,993,446  3,394,301 
   

Total minimum payments

 $4,535,218  $7,229,243 
   

        Total minimum payments for capital leases as of February 1, 2013 were $10.1$5.9 million, with a present value of $7.7$4.8 million, at an effective interest rateas of approximately 6.2% at February 1, 2013.January 29, 2016. The gross amount of property and equipment recorded under capital leases and financing obligations at February 1, 2013both January 29, 2016 and at February 3, 2012,January 31, 2015, was $29.8 million and $29.0 million, respectively.million. Accumulated depreciation on property and equipment under capital leases and financing obligations at February 1, 2013January 29, 2016 and February 3, 2012,January 30, 2015, was $6.9$12.4 million and $7.3$10.6 million, respectively.



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9. Commitments and contingencies (Continued)

        Rent expense under all operating leases is as follows:

(In thousands)
 2012 2011 2010  2015 2014 2013 

Minimum rentals(a)

 $599,138 $525,486 $471,402  $849,115 $776,103 $674,849 

Contingent rentals

 15,150 16,856 17,882  7,793 9,099 12,058 
        $856,908 $785,202 $686,907 

 $614,288 $542,342 $489,284 
       

(a)
Excludes amortization of leasehold interests of $16.9$0.9 million, $21.0$5.8 million and $25.7$11.9 million included in rent expense for the years ended February 1, 2013, February 3, 2012,January 29, 2016, January 30, 2015, and January 28, 2011,31, 2014, respectively.

Legal proceedings

        On August 7, 2006, a lawsuit entitledCynthia Richter, et al. v. Dolgencorp, Inc., et al. was filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama (Case No. 7:06-cv-01537-LSC) ("Richter") in which the plaintiff alleges that she and other current and former Dollar General store managers were improperly classified as exempt executive employees under the Fair Labor Standards Act ("FLSA") and seeks to recover overtime pay, liquidated damages, and attorneys' fees and costs. On August 15, 2006, theRichter plaintiff filed a motion in which she asked the court to certify a nationwide class of current and former store managers. The Company opposed the plaintiff's motion. On March 23, 2007, the court conditionally certified a nationwide class. On December 2, 2009, notice was mailed to over 28,000 current or former Dollar General store managers. Approximately 3,950 individuals opted into the lawsuit, approximately 1,000 of whom have been dismissed for various reasons, including failure to cooperate in discovery.

        On April 2, 2012, the Company moved to decertify the class. The plaintiff's response to that motion was filed on May 9, 2012.

        On October 22, 2012, the court entered a Memorandum Opinion granting the Company's decertification motion. On December 19, 2012, the court entered an Order decertifying the matter and stating that a separate Order would be entered regarding the opt-in plaintiffs' rights and Cynthia Richter's individual claims. To date, the court has not entered such an Order.

        The parties agreed to mediate the matter, and the court informally stayed the action pending the results of the mediation. A mediation was conducted on January 11, 2013, at which time the parties were unable to reach an agreement. The parties anticipate that a second mediation will be conducted in April 2013. If the parties ultimately are unable to resolve the matter, plaintiff has indicated her intention to appeal the decertification to the United States Court of Appeals for the Eleventh Circuit.

        The Company believes that its store managers are and have been properly classified as exempt employees under the FLSA and that theRichter action is not appropriate for collective action treatment. The Company has obtained summary judgment in some, although not all, of its pending individual or single-plaintiff store manager exemption cases in which it has filed such a motion.

        However, at this time, it is not possible to predict whetherRichter ultimately will be permitted to proceed collectively, and no assurances can be given that the Company will be successful in its defense of the action on the merits or otherwise. Similarly, at this time the Company cannot estimate either the



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9. Commitments and contingencies (Continued)

size of any potential class or the value of the claims asserted inRichter. For these reasons, the Company is unable to estimate any potential loss or range of loss in the matter; however, if the Company is not successful in its defense efforts, the resolution ofRichter could have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial statements as a whole. The Company will continue to vigorously defend its position in theRichter matter.

        On March 7, 2006, a complaint was filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama (Janet Calvert v. Dolgencorp, Inc., Case No. 2:06-cv-00465-VEH ("Calvert")), in which the plaintiff, a former store manager, alleged that she was paid less than male store managers because of her sex, in violation of the Equal Pay Act and Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended ("Title VII") (now captioned,Wanda Womack, et al. v. Dolgencorp, Inc., Case No. 2:06-cv-00465-VEH). The complaint subsequently was amended to include additional plaintiffs, who also allege to have been paid less than males because of their sex, and to add allegations that the Company's compensation practices disparately impact females. Under the amended complaint, plaintiffs sought to proceed collectively under the Equal Pay Act and as a class under Title VII, and requested back wages, injunctive and declaratory relief, liquidated damages, punitive damages and attorneys' fees and costs.

        On July 9, 2007, the plaintiffs filed a motion in which they asked the court to approve the issuance of notice to a class of current and former female store managers under the Equal Pay Act. The Company opposed plaintiffs' motion. On November 30, 2007, the court conditionally certified a nationwide class of females under the Equal Pay Act who worked for Dollar General as store managers between November 30, 2004 and November 30, 2007. The notice was issued on January 11, 2008, and persons to whom the notice was sent were required to opt into the suit by March 11, 2008. Approximately 2,100 individuals opted into the lawsuit.

        On April 19, 2010, the plaintiffs moved for class certification relating to their Title VII claims. The Company filed its response to the certification motion in June 2010. The Company's motion to decertify the Equal Pay Act class was denied as premature.

        The parties agreed to mediate, and the court stayed the action pending the results of the mediation. The mediation occurred in March and April, 2011, at which time the Company reached an agreement in principle to settle the matter on behalf of the entire putative class. The proposed settlement, which received final approval from the court on July 23, 2012, provides for both monetary and equitable relief. Under the approved terms, $3.25 million was paid for plaintiffs' legal fees and costs and $15.5 million was paid into a fund for the class members that will be apportioned and paid out to individual members (less certain administrative expenses and an additional $3 million in attorneys' fees approved by the court on October 24, 2012). Of the total $18.75 million, the Company's Employment Practices Liability Insurance ("EPLI") carrier paid approximately $15.9 million in the first quarter of 2012 to a third party claims administrator to disburse the funds, per the settlement terms, to claimants and counsel in accordance with the court's orders, which represented the balance remaining of the $20 million EPLI policy covering the claims. The Company paid approximately $2.8 million to the third party claims administrator. In addition, the Company agreed to make, and, effective April 1, 2012, has made, certain adjustments to its pay setting policies and procedures for new store managers. Because it deemed settlement probable and estimable, the Company accrued for the net settlement as well as for certain additional anticipated fees related thereto during the first quarter of 2011, and concurrently recorded a receivable of approximately $15.9 million from its EPLI carrier. Due to the



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9. Commitments and contingencies (Continued)

payments described above, the accrual and receivable were each relieved during the first quarter of 2012.

        On April 9, 2012, the Company was served with a lawsuit filed in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia entitledJonathan Marcum v. Dolgencorp. Inc. (Civil Action No. 3:12-cv-00108-JRS) in which the plaintiffs, one of whose conditional offer of employment was rescinded, allege that certain of the Company's background check procedures violate the Fair Credit Reporting Act ("FCRA"). Plaintiff Marcum also alleges defamation. According to the complaint and subsequently filed first and amended complaints, the plaintiff seeks to represent a putative class of applicants in connection with his FCRA claims. The Company filed its response to the original complaint in June 2012 and moved to dismiss certain allegations contained in the amended complaint in November 2012. That motion remains pending. The plaintiff's certification motion is currently due to be filed on or before April 5, 2013.

        The parties agreed to mediate, and mediation was conducted on January 15, 2013. Although the mediation was unsuccessful, the parties have continued informally to discuss potential resolution of this matter. The Company's Employment Practices Liability Insurance ("EPLI") carrier has been placed on notice of this matter and participated in the mediation and the informal settlement discussions. The EPLI Policy covering this matter has a $2 million self-insured retention.

        At this time, it is not possible to predict whether the court ultimately will permit the action to proceed as a class under the FCRA. Although the Company intends to vigorously defend the action, no assurances can be given that it will be successful in the defense on the merits or otherwise. At this stage in the proceedings, the Company cannot estimate either the size of any potential class or the value of the claims raised by the plaintiff. Based on settlement discussions and given the Company's EPLI coverage, the Company believes that it is likely to expend the balance of its self-insured retention in settlement of this litigation or otherwise and, therefore, has accrued $1.8 million, an amount that is immaterial to the Company's financial statements taken as a whole.

        In September 2011, the Chicago Regional Office of the United States Equal Employment Opportunity Commission ("EEOC" or "Commission") notified the Company of a cause finding related to the Company's criminal background check policy. The cause finding alleges that Dollar General'sthe Company's criminal background check policy, which excludes from employment individuals with certain criminal convictions for specified periods, has a disparate impact on African-American candidates and employees in violation of Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended.amended ("Title VII").

        The Company and the EEOC engaged in the statutorily required conciliation process, and despite the Company's good faith efforts to resolve the matter, the Commission notified the Company on July 26, 2012 of its view that conciliation had failed. Based

        On June 11, 2013, the EEOC filed a lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois entitledEqual Opportunity Commission v. Dolgencorp, LLC d/b/a Dollar General in



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. Commitments and contingencies (Continued)

which the Commission alleges that the Company's criminal background check policy has a disparate impact on "Black Applicants" in violation of Title VII and seeks to recover monetary damages and injunctive relief on behalf of a class of "Black Applicants." The Company filed its answer to the complaint on August 9, 2013.

        The Court has bifurcated the issues of liability and damages for purposes of discovery and trial. Fact discovery related to liability is to be completed on or before November 16, 2016. In response to various discovery motions, the court has entered orders requiring the Company's production of documents, information and electronic data for the period 2004 to present.

        Currently pending is the EEOC's Motion for Partial Summary Judgment relating to two of the Company's defenses challenging the sufficiency of the Commission's courseconciliation efforts and the scope of conduct,its investigation. The Company has opposed this motion as prematurely-filed in light of the Company believes that litigation may ensue; however, no suit has been filed to date.status of various discovery issues.

        The Company believes that its criminal background check process is both lawful and necessary to a safe environment for its employees and customers and the protection of its assets and shareholders' investments. The Company also does not believe that this matter would beis amenable to class or similar treatment; however, becausetreatment. However, at this time, it is not possible to predict whether the Company cannot estimateaction will ultimately be permitted to proceed as a class or determine the form that any ultimate litigation would take,in a similar fashion or the size of any putative classclass. Likewise, at this time, it is not possible to estimate the value of the claims asserted, and no assurances can be given that the Company will be successful in its defense of this action on the merits or otherwise. For these reasons, the damages or other recoveries that would be sought, itCompany cannot estimate the potential exposure.exposure or range of potential loss. If the matter were to proceed successfully as a class or similar action or the Company is unsuccessful in its defense efforts as to the merits of the action, the resolution of this matter could have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements as a whole.

        On May 23, 2013, a lawsuit entitledJuan Varela v. Dolgen California and Does 1 through 50 ("Varela") was filed in the Superior Court of the State of California for the County of Riverside. In the original complaint, theVarela plaintiff alleges that he and other "key carriers" were not provided with meal and rest periods in violation of California law and seeks to recover alleged unpaid wages, injunctive relief, consequential damages, pre-judgment interest, statutory penalties and attorneys' fees and costs and seeks to represent a putative class of California "key carriers" as to these claims. TheVarela plaintiff also asserts a claim for unfair business practices and seeks to proceed under California's Private Attorney General Act (the "PAGA"). The Company filed its answer to the complaint on July 1, 2013.

        On November 4, 2014, theVarela plaintiff filed an amended complaint to add Victoria Lee Dinger Main as a named plaintiff and to add putative class claims on behalf of "key carriers" for alleged inaccurate wage statements and failure to provide appropriate pay upon termination in violation of California law. The Company filed its answer to the amended complaint on December 23, 2014. The parties have been ordered to engage in informal discovery. A mediation was held in November 2015, which was unsuccessful.

        On January 15, 2015, a lawsuit entitledKendra Pleasant v. Dollar General Corporation, Dolgen California, LLC, and Does 1 through 50 ("Pleasant") was filed in the Superior Court of the State of California for the County of San Bernardino in which the plaintiff seeks to proceed under the PAGA for various alleged violations of California's Labor Code. Specifically, the plaintiff alleges that she and



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9.8. Commitments and contingencies (Continued)

asother similarly situated non-exempt California store-level employees were not paid for all time worked, provided meal and rest breaks, reimbursed for necessary work related expenses, and provided with accurate wage statements and seeks to recover unpaid wages, civil and statutory penalties, interest, attorneys' fees and costs. On March 12, 2015, the Company filed a class or similar action, it could havedemurrer asking the court to stay all proceedings in thePleasant matter pending an issuance of a material impact onfinal judgment in theVarela matter. The court granted the Company's financial statements as a whole.demurrer and stayed proceedings until resolution of theVarela matter. Subsequently, thePleasant plaintiff moved to transfer this matter to the Superior Court of the State of California for the County of Riverside where theVarela matter is pending, which the Company opposed. The court denied thePleasant plaintiff's motion to transfer.

        On MayFebruary 20, 2011,2015, a lawsuit entitledWinn-Dixie Stores, Inc., et al.Julie Sullivan v. Dolgencorp, LLCDolgen California and Does 1 through 100 ("Sullivan") was filed in the Superior Court of the State of California for the County of Alameda in which the plaintiff alleges that she and other similarly situated Dollar General Market store managers in the State of California were improperly classified as exempt employees and were not provided with meal and rest breaks and accurate wage statements in violation of California law. TheSullivan plaintiff also alleges that she and other California store employees were not provided with printed wage statements, purportedly in violation of California law. The plaintiff seeks to recover unpaid wages, including overtime pay, civil and statutory penalties, interest, injunctive relief, restitution, and attorneys' fees and costs.

        On April 8, 2015, the Company removed this matter to the United States District Court for the SouthernNorthern District of Florida (Case No. 9:11-cv-80601-DMM) ("Winn-Dixie") in which the plaintiffs alleged that the sale of foodCalifornia and other items in approximately 55 of the Company's stores, each of which allegedly is or was at some time co-located in a shopping center with one of plaintiffs' stores, violates restrictive covenants that plaintiffs contend are bindingfiled its answer on the occupants of the shopping centers. Plaintiffs sought damages and an injunction limiting the sale of food and other items in those stores. Although plaintiffs did not make a demand for any specific amount of damages, documents prepared and produced by plaintiffs during discovery suggested that plaintiffs would seek as much as $47 million although the court limited their ability to prove such damages. The Company vigorously defendedsame date. On April 29, 2015, theWinn-DixieSullivan matter and viewed that sum as wholly without basis and unsupported byplaintiff amended her complaint to add a claim under the law andPAGA. The Company's response to the facts. The various leases involved in the matter are unique in their terms and/or the factual circumstances surrounding them, and, in some cases, the stores named by plaintiffs are not now and have never been co-located with plaintiffs' stores. The court granted the Company's motion challenging the admissibility of plaintiffs' damages expert, precluding the expert from testifying. The caseamended complaint was consolidated with similar cases against Big Lots and Dollar Tree, and a non-jury trial commencedfiled on May 14, 2012 and presentation of evidence concluded2015. The plaintiff's motion for class certification was filed on May 22, 2012.March 12, 2016. The court issued an ordermatter has been set for trial on August 10, 2012October 31, 2016. A mediation conducted in which it (i) dismissed all claims for damages, (ii) dismissed claims for injunctive relief for all but four stores, and (iii) directed the Company to report to the court on its compliance with restrictive covenants at the four stores for which it did not dismiss the claims for injunctive relief.early March 2016 was unsuccessful.

        The Company believes that its policies and practices comply with California law and that the rulingVarela, Pleasant, andSullivan actions are not appropriate for class or similar treatment. The Company intends to vigorously defend these actions; however, at this time, it is not possible to predict whether theVarela, Pleasant, orSullivan action ultimately will have no material impact on the Company's financial statements or otherwise. Plaintiffs filedbe permitted to proceed as a notice of appeal of the court's decision on August 28, 2012. If the court's ruling is overturned on appeal, in whole or in part,class, and no assurances can be given that the Company will be successful in its ultimate defense of the actionthese actions on the merits or otherwise. IfSimilarly, at this time the Company cannot estimate either the size of any potential class or the value of the claims asserted in theVarela,Pleasant, orSullivan action. For these reasons, the Company is unable to estimate any potential loss or range of loss in these matters; however, if the Company is not successful in its defense efforts, the outcomeresolution of any of these actions could have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements as a whole.

        In 2008,December 2015, the Company terminated an interest rate swapwas notified of seven lawsuits in which the plaintiffs allege violation of state consumer protection laws relating to the labeling, marketing and sale of Dollar General private-label motor oil. Six of these lawsuits were filed in various federal district courts of the United States:Bradford Barfoot and Leonard Karpeichik v. Dolgencorp, LLC (filed in the Southern District of Florida on December 18, 2015) ("Barfoot");Milton M. Cooke, Jr. v. Dollar General Corporation (filed in the Southern District of Texas on December 21, 2015) ("Cooke");William Flinn v. Dolgencorp, LLC (filed in the District Court for New Jersey on December 17, 2015) ("Flinn");John J. McCormick, III v. Dolgencorp, LLC (filed in the District Court of Maryland on December 23, 2015) ("McCormick");David Sanchez v. Dolgencorp, LLC (filed in the Central District of California on



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. Commitments and contingencies (Continued)

December 17, 2015) ("Sanchez"); andWill Sisemore v. Dolgencorp, LLC (filed in the Northern District of Oklahoma on December 21, 2015) ("Sisemore").

        The seventh matter,Chuck Hill v. Dolgencorp, LLC ("Hill"), was filed in Orleans County Superior Court in Vermont on December 22, 2015, and subsequently removed to the United States District Court for the District of Vermont on February 8, 2016.

        In February and March 2016, the Company was notified of thirteen additional lawsuits alleging similar claims concerning Dollar General private-label motor oil. All of these lawsuits were filed in various federal district courts of the United States:Allen Brown v. Dollar General Corporation and DG Retail, LLC (filed in the District of Colorado on February 10, 2016) ("Brown");Miriam Fruhling v. Dollar General Corporation and Dolgencorp, LLC (filed in the Southern District of Ohio on February 10, 2016) ("Fruhling");John Foppe v. Dollar General Corporation and Dolgencorp, LLC (filed in the Eastern District of Kentucky on February 10, 2016) ("Foppe");Kevin Gadson v. Dolgencorp, LLC (filed in the Southern District of New York on February 8, 2016) ("Gadson");Bruce Gooel v. Dolgencorp, LLC (filed in the Eastern District of Michigan on February 8, 2016) ("Gooel");Janine Harvey v. Dollar General Corporation and Dolgencorp, LLC (filed in the District Court for Nebraska on February 10, 2016) ("Harvey");Nicholas Meyer v. Dollar General Corporation and DG Retail, LLC (filed in the District of Kansas on February 9, 2016) ("Meyer");Robert Oren v. Dollar General Corporation and Dolgencorp, LLC (filed in the Western District of Missouri on February 8, 2016) ("Oren");Scott Sheehy v. Dollar General Corporation and DG Retail, LLC (filed in the District Court for Minnesota on February 9, 2016) ("Sheehy");Gerardo Solis v. Dollar General Corporation and DG Retail, LLC (filed in the Northern District of Illinois on February 12, 2016) ("Solis");Roberto Vega v. Dolgencorp, LLC (filed in the Central District of California on February 8, 2016) ("Vega");Matthew Wait v. Dollar General Corporation and Dolgencorp, LLC (filed in the Western District of Arkansas on February 16, 2016) ("Wait"); andJames Taschner v. Dollar General Corporation and Dolgencorp, LLC (filed in the Eastern District of Missouri on March 15, 2016) ("Taschner").

        The plaintiffs in theTaschner, Vega andSanchez matters seek to proceed on a nationwide and statewide class basis, while the plaintiffs in the other matters seek to proceed only on a statewide class basis. Each plaintiff seeks, for himself or herself and the putative class he or she seeks to represent, some or all of the following relief: compensatory damages, injunctive relief prohibiting the sale of the products at issue and requiring the dissemination of corrective advertising, certain statutory damages (including treble damages), punitive damages and attorneys' fees.

        On February 1, 2016, theSanchez plaintiff voluntarily dismissed his complaint without prejudice.

        The Company filed a motion to dismiss the plaintiffs' claims and a motion to strike the class allegations in theBarfoot matter on February 4, 2016; in theHill matter on February 8, 2016; in theCooke matter on February 24, 2016; in theSisemore matter on March 4, 2016; and in theFlinn matter on March 10, 2016.

        On March 7, 2016, the Company filed a motion with the United States Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation requesting that all cases be transferred to the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Michigan, or, in the alternative to the Western District of Missouri or the Southern District of Florida, for consolidated pretrial proceedings ("Motion to Transfer"). After receiving notice of the Company's Motion to Transfer, the court stayed and administratively closed theBarfoot matter pending a transfer decision by the Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation.



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. Commitments and contingencies (Continued)

        The Company's responsive pleadings are due in theMcCormick matter on March 21, 2016; in theFruhling matter on April 4, 2016; in theMeyer matter on April 6, 2016; in theSheehy matter on April 7, 2016; in theSolis matter on April 8, 2016; in theFoppe matter andGooel matter on April 15, 2016; and in theHarvey,Oren andVega matters on April 22, 2016.

        The Company believes that the labeling, marketing and sale of its private-label motor oil complies with applicable federal and state requirements and is not misleading. The Company further believes that these matters are not appropriate for class or similar treatment. The Company intends to vigorously defend these actions; however, at this time, it is not possible to predict whether any of these cases will be permitted to proceed as a resultclass or the size of any putative class. Likewise, at this time, it is not possible to estimate the value of the counterparty's declaration of bankruptcyclaims asserted, and made a cash payment of $7.6 million to settle the swap. On May 14, 2010,no assurances can be given that the Company received a demand fromwill be successful in its defense of these actions on the counterparty for an additional payment of approximately $19 million plus interest. In April 2011,merits or otherwise. For these reasons, the Company reached a settlement withis unable to estimate the counterparty under whichpotential loss or range of loss in these matters; however if the Company paid an additional $9.85 millionis not successful in exchange forits defense efforts, the resolution of any of these actions could have a full release. The Company accruedmaterial adverse effect on the settlement amount along with additional expected fees and costs related thereto in the first quarter of 2011. The settlement was finalized and the payment was made in May 2011.Company's consolidated financial statements as a whole.

        From time to time, the Company is a party to various other legal actions involving claims incidental to the conduct of its business, including actions by employees, consumers, suppliers, government agencies, or others through private actions, class actions, administrative proceedings, regulatory actions or other litigation, including without limitation under federal and state employment laws and wage and hour laws. The Company believes, based upon information currently available, that such other litigation and claims, both individually and in the aggregate, will be resolved without a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements as a whole. However, litigation involves an element of uncertainty. Future developments could cause these actions or claims to have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations, cash flows, or financial position. In addition,



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9. Commitments and contingencies (Continued)

certain of these lawsuits, if decided adversely to the Company or settled by the Company, may result in liability material to the Company's financial position or may negatively affect operating results if changes to the Company's business operation are required.

10.9. Benefit plans

        The Dollar General Corporation 401(k) Savings and Retirement Plan, which became effective on January 1, 1998, is a safe harbor defined contribution plan and is subject to the Employee Retirement and Income Security Act ("ERISA").

        A participant's right to claim a distribution of his or her account balance is dependent on the plan, ERISA guidelines and Internal Revenue Service regulations. All active participants are fully vested in all contributions to the 401(k) plan. During 2012, 20112015, 2014 and 2010,2013, the Company expensed approximately $11.9$15.0 million, $10.9$13.7 million and $9.5$13.0 million, respectively, for matching contributions.

        The Company also has a nonqualified supplemental retirement plan ("SERP") and compensation deferral plan ("CDP"), known as the Dollar General Corporation CDP/SERP Plan, for a select group of management and other key employees. The Company incurred compensation expense for these plans of approximately $1.4$1.1 million, $1.7$0.8 million and $1.7$1.2 million in 2012, 20112015, 2014 and 2010,2013, respectively.

        The CDP/SERP Plan assets are invested in accounts selected by the Company's Compensation Committee or its delegate. These investments are classified as trading securitiesdelegate, and the associated deferred compensation liability is reflected in the consolidated balance sheets as further discussed in Note 7.6.


11.
DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

10. Share-based payments

        The Company accounts for share-based payments in accordance with applicable accounting standards, under which the fair value of each award is separately estimated and amortized into compensation expense over the service period. The fair value of the Company's stock option grants are estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes-Merton valuation model. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of valuation and reduce expense ratably over the vesting period. The application of this valuation model involves assumptions that are judgmental and highly sensitive in the determination of compensation expense.

        On July 6, 2007, the Company's Board of Directors adopted the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees, which plan was subsequently amended (as so amended, the "Plan"). The Plan provides forallows the granting of stock options, stock appreciation rights, and other stock-based awards or dividend equivalent rights to key employees, directors, consultants or other persons having a service relationship with the Company, its subsidiaries and certain of its affiliates. The number of shares of Company common stock authorized for grant under the Plan is 31,142,858. As of February 1, 2013, 20,140,249January 29, 2016, 18,556,241 of such shares are available for future grants.

        UnderSince May 2011, most of the Plan,share-based awards issued by the Company hashave been in the form of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance share units. With limited exceptions, stock options and restricted stock units granted to employees generally vest ratably on an annual basis over four-year and three-year periods, respectively. Awards granted to board members generally vest ratably over a one or three-year period. Performance share units generally vest ratably over a three-year period, provided that certain minimum performance criteria are met in the year of grant. With limited exceptions, the performance share unit and restricted stock unit awards are payable in shares of common stock on the vesting date.

        From July 2007 through May 2011, a significant majority of the Company's share-based awards were a combination of stock options that vest solely upon the continued employment of the recipient ("MSA Time Options"), and options that vest upon the achievement of predetermined annual or cumulative financial-based targets ("MSA Performance Options") and other awards. Time and Performance stock options(collectively, the "MSA Options"). MSA Options generally vest ratably on an annual basis over a five-year period of approximately five years, with limited exceptions, while other awards vest over varying time periods.



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

11. Share-based payments (Continued)

        Assuming specified financial targetsexceptions. The MSA Options are met, the Performance Options vest as of the Company's fiscal year end, and as a result the initial and final tranche of each Performance Option grant may be prorated based upon the date of grant. In the event the performance target is not achieved in any given annual performance period, the Performance Options for that period may still subsequently vest, provided that a cumulative performance target is achieved. Vesting of the Time Options and Performance Options is also subject to accelerationvarious provisions set forth in the event of an earlier change in control or certain public offerings of the Company's common stock. Each of these options, whether Time Options or Performancea management stockholder's agreement ("MSA") entered into with each option holder. The MSA Options have a contractual term of 10 years and an exercise price equal to the fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant.

        The weighted average for key assumptions used in determining the fair value of all stock options granted in the years ended February 1, 2013, February 3, 2012,January 29, 2016, January 30, 2015, and January 28, 2011,31, 2014, and a summary of the methodology applied to develop each assumption, are as follows:


 February 1,
2013
 February 3,
2012
 January 28,
2011
  January 29,
2016
 January 30,
2015
 January 31,
2014
 

Expected dividend yield

 0% 0% 0% 1.2% 0% 0%

Expected stock price volatility

 26.8% 38.7% 39.1% 25.3% 25.6% 26.2%

Weighted average risk-free interest rate

 1.5% 2.3% 2.8% 1.8% 1.9% 1.2%

Expected term of options (years)

 6.3 6.8 7.0  6.4 6.3 6.3 


DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

10. Share-based payments (Continued)

        Expected dividend yield—This is an estimate of the expected dividend yield on the Company's stock. The Company is subject to limitations on the payment of dividends under its Credit Facilities as further discussed in Note 6. An increase in the dividend yield will decrease compensation expense.

        Expected stock price volatility—This is a measure of the amount by which the price of the Company's common stock has fluctuated or is expected to fluctuate. For awards issued under the Plan through October 2011, the expected volatilities were based upon the historical volatilities of a peer group of four companies. Beginning inSince November 2011, the expected volatilities for awards arehave been based on the historical volatility of the Company's publicly traded common stock. An increase in the expected volatility will increase compensation expense.

        Weighted average risk-free interest rate—This is the U.S. Treasury rate for the week of the grant having a term approximating the expected life of the option. An increase in the risk-free interest rate will increase compensation expense.

        Expected term of options—This is the period of time over which the options granted are expected to remain outstanding. The Company has estimated the expected term as the mid-point between the vesting date and the contractual term of the option. An increase in the expected term will increase compensation expense.

        BothA summary of the Time Options and the Performance Options areCompany's stock option activity, exclusive of options subject to various provisions set forth in a management stockholder's agreement entered into with each option holder by whichan MSA, during the Company may require the employee, upon termination, to sell to the Company any vestedyear ended January 29, 2016 is as follows:

(Intrinsic value amounts reflected in thousands)
 Options
Issued
 Average
Exercise
Price
 Remaining
Contractual
Term in Years
 Intrinsic
Value
 

Balance, January 30, 2015

  2,399,124 $49.69       

Granted

  1,247,557  74.73       

Exercised

  (703,956) 45.66       

Canceled

  (512,760) 61.67       

Balance, January 29, 2016

  2,429,965 $61.19  8.1 $33,701 

Exercisable at January 29, 2016

  517,375 $47.31  6.7 $14,355 

        The weighted average grant date fair value per share of non-MSA options or shares received upon exercisegranted was $18.48, $17.26 and $13.86 during 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The intrinsic value of the Time Options or Performance Options at amounts that differnon-MSA options exercised during 2015, 2014, and 2013 was $20.8 million, $2.5 million and $0.8 million, respectively.

        The number of performance share unit awards earned is based upon the reason for the termination. In particular,Company's annual financial performance in the event that the employee resigns "without good reason" (as definedyear of grant as specified in the management stockholder's agreement), then any options whether oraward agreement. A summary of performance share unit award activity during the year ended January 29, 2016 is as follows:

(Intrinsic value amounts reflected in thousands)
 Units
Issued
 Intrinsic
Value
 

Balance, January 30, 2015

  212,583    

Granted

  103,666    

Converted to common stock

  (120,417)   

Canceled

  (51,735)   

Balance, January 29, 2016

  144,097 $10,816 


DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

10. Share-based payments (Continued)

        The weighted average grant date fair value per share of performance share units granted was $74.72, $57.91 and $48.11 during 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.

        A summary of restricted stock unit award activity during the year ended January 29, 2016 is as follows:

(Intrinsic value amounts reflected in thousands)
 Units
Issued
 Intrinsic
Value
 

Balance, January 30, 2015

  714,858    

Granted

  383,134    

Converted to common stock

  (326,383)   

Canceled

  (130,699)   

Balance, January 29, 2016

  640,910 $48,107 
��

        The weighted average grant date fair value per share of restricted stock units granted was $74.67, $57.87 and $48.20 during 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

        At January 29, 2016, 173,091 MSA Time Options were outstanding, all of which were exercisable, with an average exercise price of $20.36, an average remaining contractual term of 3.8 years, and an aggregate intrinsic value of $9.5 million. The intrinsic value of MSA Time Options exercised during 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $6.6 million, $6.8 million and $39.4 million, respectively.

        At January 29, 2016, 151,097 MSA Performance Options were outstanding, all of which were exercisable, with an average exercise price of $21.23, an average remaining contractual term of 3.9 years, and an aggregate intrinsic value of $8.1 million. The intrinsic value of MSA Performance Options exercised during 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $4.9 million, $4.9 million and $39.1 million, respectively.

        In March 2012, the Company issued a performance-based award of 326,037 shares of restricted stock to its former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. The restricted stock award had a fair value on the grant date of $45.25 per share, with the award scheduled to vest in one-half increments contingent upon, among other things, meeting certain specified earnings per share targets for 2014 and 2015. The target for 2014 was met and the applicable shares vested. Certain conditions relating to the 2015 tranche of the award were not then exercisable are forfeitedsatisfied and anytherefore the applicable shares received upon prior exercisedid not vest.

        At January 29, 2016, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock-based awards was $48.2 million with an expected weighted average expense recognition period of such options are callable at the1.7 years.



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

11. Share-based payments (Continued)

Company's option at an amount equal to the lesser of fair value or the amount paid for the shares (i.e., the exercise price). In such cases, because the employee would not benefit in any share appreciation over the exercise price, for accounting purposes such options are not considered vested until the expiration of the Company's call option, which is generally five years subsequent to the date of grant. Accordingly, all references to the vesting provisions or vested status of the options discussed in this note give effect to the vesting pursuant to these accounting provisions and may differ from descriptions of the vesting status of the Time Options and Performance Options located elsewhere in this report or the Company's other SEC filings.

        A summary of Time Options activity during the year ended February 1, 2013 is as follows:

(Intrinsic value amounts reflected in thousands)
 Options
Issued
 Average
Exercise
Price
 Remaining
Contractual
Term
in Years
 Intrinsic
Value
 

Balance, February 3, 2012

  4,258,581 $10.55       

Granted

           

Exercised

  (2,861,681) 8.97       

Canceled

  (46,258) 16.10       
          

Balance, February 1, 2013

  1,350,642 $13.69  5.9 $44,017 
          

Exercisable at February 1, 2013

  723,335 $11.42  5.4 $25,215 
          

        The weighted average grant date fair value of Time Options granted during 2011 and 2010 was $13.47 and $12.61, respectively. The intrinsic value of Time Options exercised during 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $117.3 million, $41.4 million and $5.5 million, respectively.

        A summary of Performance Options activity during the year ended February 1, 2013 is as follows:

(Intrinsic value amounts reflected in thousands)
 Options
Issued
 Average
Exercise
Price
 Remaining
Contractual
Term in Years
 Intrinsic
Value
 

Balance, February 3, 2012

  3,968,237 $10.75       

Granted

           

Exercised

  (2,661,902) 9.12       

Canceled

  (41,509) 16.87       
          

Balance, February 1, 2013

  1,264,826 $13.96  6.0 $40,879 
          

Exercisable at February 1, 2013

  916,223 $12.61  5.8 $30,850 
          

        The weighted average grant date fair value of Performance Options granted during 2011 and 2010 was $13.47 and $12.61, respectively. The intrinsic value of Performance Options exercised during 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $106.4 million, $41.8 million and $14.7 million, respectively.

        The Company currently believes that the performance targets related to the unvested Performance Options will be achieved. If such goals are not met, and there is no change in control or certain public offerings of the Company's common stock which would result in the acceleration of vesting of the



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

11. Share-based payments (Continued)

Performance Options, future compensation cost relating to unvested Performance Options will not be recognized.

        Other options include awards granted to employees and members of the board of directors and generally vest solely upon the continued employment or board service of the recipient over a period of four years for employees and three years for board members. A summary of other stock option activity during the year ended February 1, 2013 is as follows:

(Intrinsic value amounts reflected in thousands)
 Options
Issued
 Average
Exercise
Price
 Remaining
Contractual
Term in Years
 Intrinsic
Value
 

Balance, February 3, 2012

  217,137 $29.05       

Granted

  1,063,303  45.46       

Exercised

  (8,532) 13.36       

Canceled

  (60,137) 45.14       
          

Balance, February 1, 2013

  1,211,771 $42.77  8.9 $4,416 
          

Exercisable at February 1, 2013

  142,026 $28.76  7.3 $2,489 
          

        The weighted average grant date fair value of other options granted was $13.54 and $13.14 during 2012 and 2011, respectively. No other options were granted in 2010. The intrinsic value of other options exercised during 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $0.3 million, $1.6 million and $15.5 million, respectively.

        From time to time, the Company has issued share unit awards including restricted stock units and, beginning in 2012, performance stock units. All nonvested performance stock unit and restricted stock unit awards granted in the periods presented had a purchase price of zero. The nonvested performance share unit and restricted stock unit awards granted under the plan generally vest ratably over a three-year period, and, with limited exceptions, are automatically converted into shares of common stock on the vesting date.

        The number of performance stock unit awards issued is based upon the Company's annual financial performance as specified in the award agreement. A summary of performance stock unit award activity during the year ended February 1, 2013 is as follows:

(Intrinsic value amounts reflected in thousands)
 Units
Issued
 Intrinsic
Value
 

Balance, February 3, 2012

      

Granted

  171,497    

Converted to common stock

      

Canceled

  (8,809)   
      

Balance, February 1, 2013

  162,688 $7,529 
      

        The weighted average grant date fair value of performance stock units granted was $45.25 during 2012. No performance stock units were granted during 2011 or 2010.



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

11. Share-based payments (Continued)

        A summary of restricted stock unit award activity during the year ended February 1, 2013 is as follows:

(Intrinsic value amounts reflected in thousands)
 Units
Issued
 Intrinsic
Value
 

Balance, February 3, 2012

  13,024    

Granted

  305,618    

Converted to common stock

  (4,873)   

Canceled

  (24,842)   
      

Balance, February 1, 2013

  288,927 $13,372 
      

        The weighted average grant date fair value of restricted stock units granted was $45.33 and $33.16 during 2012 and 2011, respectively. No restricted stock units were granted in 2010.

        In March 2012, the Company issued a performance-based award of 326,037 shares of restricted stock to its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. This restricted stock award had a fair value on the grant date of $45.25 per share and a purchase price of zero, and may vest in the future if certain specified earnings per share targets for fiscal years 2014 and 2015 are achieved. The Company will not begin recognizing compensation cost for these awards until the future periods that the awards relate to, and then only if the Company believes that the performance targets related to the unvested restricted stock will be achieved. As a result, this award is not included in the unrecognized compensation cost award disclosure which follows.

        At February 1, 2013, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock-based awards was $27.7 million with an expected weighted average expense recognition period of 1.7 years.

        In October 2007, the Company's Board of Directors adopted an Equity Appreciation Rights Plan, which plan was later amended and restated (as amended and restated, the "Rights Plan"). The Rights Plan provides for the granting of equity appreciation rights to nonexecutive managerial employees. During 2011, 818,847 equity appreciation rights were granted, 768,561 of such rights vested, primarily in conjunction with the Company's December 2011 stock offering and 50,286 of such rights were cancelled. No such rights are outstanding as of February 1, 2013.



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

11.10. Share-based payments (Continued)

        The fair value method of accounting for share-based awards resulted in share-based compensation expense (a component of SG&A expenses) and a corresponding reduction in net income before income taxes as follows:

(In thousands)
 Stock
Options
 Performance
Stock Units
 Restricted
Stock Units
 Equity
Appreciation
Rights
 Total  Stock
Options
 Performance
Share Units
 Restricted
Stock Units
 Restricted
Stock
 Total 

Year ended February 1, 2013

 

Year ended January 29, 2016

           

Pre-tax

 $14,078 $4,082 $3,504 $ $21,664  $11,113 $4,856 $22,578 $ $38,547 

Net of tax

 $8,578 $2,487 $2,135 $ $13,200  $6,779 $2,962 $13,772 $ $23,513 

Year ended February 3, 2012

 

Year ended January 30, 2015

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Pre-tax

 $15,121 $ $129 $8,731 $23,981  $8,533 $5,461 $15,968 $7,376 $37,338 

Net of tax

 $9,208 $ $79 $5,317 $14,604  $5,206 $3,332 $9,742 $4,500 $22,780 

Year ended January 28, 2011

 

Year ended January 31, 2014

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Pre-tax

 $12,722 $ $83 $17,366 $30,171  $7,634 $3,448 $9,879 $ $20,961 

Net of tax

 $7,755 $ $51 $10,587 $18,393  $4,649 $2,100 $6,016 $ $12,765 

12. Related party transactions

        From time to time the Company may conduct business with related parties including KKR and Goldman, Sachs and Co., and references herein to these entities include their affiliates. KKR and Goldman, Sachs & Co. indirectly own a significant portion of the Company's common stock. Two of KKR's members and a managing director of Goldman, Sachs & Co. serve on the Company's Board of Directors.

        KKR and Goldman, Sachs & Co. (among other entities) are or may be lenders, agents or arrangers under the Company's Term Loan Facility and ABL Facility discussed in further detail in Note 6. The Company made interest payments of approximately $62.0 million, $66.4 million and $53.4 million on the Term Loan Facility, and $6.0 million, $2.8 million and zero on the ABL Facility, during 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. In connection with the March 2012 amendment to the Term Loan Facility, KKR received $0.4 million. In connection with the March 2012 ABL Facility and Term Loan Facility amendments, Goldman, Sachs & Co. received $0.1 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

        On October 9, 2012, the Term Loan and ABL Facilities were further amended to add additional capacity for the Company to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire shares of its capital stock, not to exceed $250.0 million. The Company incurred a fee of $1.7 million associated with these amendments, which was reimbursed to the Company by Buck Holdings, L.P. (which is controlled by KKR and Goldman Sachs & Co.) and such reimbursement was recorded as a capital contribution during 2012.

        As joint book-running managers in connection with the issuance of the Senior Notes, KKR and Goldman Sachs & Co. received an equivalent share of approximately $2.3 million during 2012.

        Goldman, Sachs & Co. was a counterparty to an amortizing interest rate swap which matured on July 31, 2012. The swap was entered into in connection with the Term Loan Facility. The Company paid Goldman, Sachs & Co. approximately $2.5 million, $13.9 million and $12.9 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, pursuant to this interest rate swap.



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

12. Related party transactions (Continued)

        The Company repurchased common stock held by Buck Holdings, L.P during 2012 as further discussed in Note 2.

13.11. Segment reporting

        The Company manages its business on the basis of one reportable operating segment. See Note 1 for a brief description of the Company's business. As of February 1, 2013,January 29, 2016, all of the Company's operations were located within the United States with the exception of acertain subsidiaries in Hong Kong subsidiary,and China and a liaison office in India, the collective assets and revenues of which collectively are not material.material with regard to assets, results of operations or otherwise, to the consolidated financial statements. The following net sales data is presented in accordance with accounting standards related to disclosures about segments of an enterprise.

(In thousands)
 2012 2011 2010  2015 2014 2013 

Classes of similar products:

        

Consumables

 $11,844,846 $10,833,735 $9,332,119  $15,457,611 $14,321,080 $13,161,825 

Seasonal

 2,172,399 2,051,098 1,887,917  2,522,701 2,344,993 2,259,516 

Home products

 1,061,573 1,005,219 917,638  1,289,423 1,205,373 1,115,648 

Apparel

 943,310 917,136 897,326  1,098,827 1,038,142 967,178 
       

Net sales

 $16,022,128 $14,807,188 $13,035,000  $20,368,562 $18,909,588 $17,504,167 
       

12. Common stock transactions

        On August 29, 2012, the Company's Board of Directors authorized a common stock repurchase program, which the Board has increased on several occasions. Most recently, on December 2, 2015, the Company's Board of Directors authorized a $1.0 billion increase to the existing common stock repurchase program. As of January 29, 2016, a cumulative total of $4.0 billion had been authorized under the program since its inception and $923.8 million remained available for repurchase. The repurchase authorization has no expiration date and allows repurchases from time to time in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. The timing and number of shares purchased depends on a variety of factors, such as price, market conditions, compliance with the covenants and restrictions



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

12. Common stock transactions (Continued)

under the Company's debt agreements and other factors. Repurchases under the program may be funded from available cash or borrowings under the Facilities discussed in further detail in Note 5.

        During the years ended January 29, 2016, January 30, 2015, and January 31, 2014, the Company repurchased approximately 17.6 million shares of its common stock at a total cost of $1.3 billion, approximately 14.1 million shares at a total cost of $0.8 billion and approximately 11.0 million shares of its common stock at a total cost of $0.6 billion, respectively, pursuant to its common stock repurchase programs.

        The Company paid quarterly cash dividends of $0.22 per share during each of the four quarters of 2015. On March 8, 2016, the Company's Board of Directors approved a quarterly cash dividend of $0.25 per share, which is payable on April 12, 2016 to shareholders of record as of March 29, 2016. The declaration of future cash dividends is subject to the discretion of the Company's Board of Directors and will depend upon, among other things, the Company's results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that the Board may deem relevant in its sole discretion.

13. Corporate restructuring

        On October 13, 2015, the Company implemented a restructuring of its corporate support functions, including the elimination of approximately 255 positions, substantially all of which were at the Company's corporate headquarters and effective immediately. The restructuring is part of a broader initiative aimed at improving efficiencies and reducing expenses.

        The Company incurred pretax expense of $6.1 million associated with this restructuring for severance-related benefits. This expense is reflected in Selling, general, and administrative expenses on the Company's consolidated statements of income for the year ended January 29, 2016. As of January 29, 2016, the remaining liability related to these charges is $3.5 million.

14. Quarterly financial data (unaudited)

        The following is selected unaudited quarterly financial data for the fiscal years ended February 1, 2013January 29, 2016 and February 3, 2012.January 30, 2015. Each quarterly period listed below was a 13-week accounting period, with the exception of the fourth quarter of 2011, which was a 14-week accounting period. The sum of the four quarters for any given year may not equal annual totals due to rounding.

(In thousands)
 First
Quarter
 Second
Quarter
 Third
Quarter
 Fourth
Quarter
 

2012:

             

Net sales

 $3,901,205 $3,948,655 $3,964,647 $4,207,621 

Gross profit

  1,228,256  1,263,223  1,226,123  1,367,799 

Operating profit

  384,324  387,214  361,389  522,349 

Net income

  213,415  214,140  207,685  317,422 

Basic earnings per share

  0.64  0.64  0.62  0.97 

Diluted earnings per share

  0.63  0.64  0.62  0.97 


(In thousands)
 First
Quarter
 Second
Quarter
 Third
Quarter
 Fourth
Quarter
  First
Quarter
 Second
Quarter
 Third
Quarter
 Fourth
Quarter
 

2011:

 

2015:

         

Net sales

 $3,451,697 $3,575,194 $3,595,224 $4,185,073  $4,918,672 $5,095,904 $5,067,048 $5,286,938 

Gross profit

 1,087,397 1,148,342 1,115,802 1,346,369  1,498,705 1,588,155 1,536,962 1,682,269 

Operating profit

 321,618 350,029 310,917 508,240  428,194 475,812 423,859 612,429 

Net income

 156,969 146,042 171,164 292,510  253,235 282,349 253,321 376,175 

Basic earnings per share

 0.46 0.43 0.50 0.86  0.84 0.95 0.87 1.30 

Diluted earnings per share

 0.45 0.42 0.50 0.85  0.84 0.95 0.86 1.30 


DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

14. Quarterly financial data (unaudited) (Continued)

 

(In thousands)
 First
Quarter
 Second
Quarter
 Third
Quarter
 Fourth
Quarter
 

2014:

             

Net sales

 $4,522,081 $4,724,039 $4,724,409 $4,939,059 

Gross profit

  1,357,746  1,455,574  1,423,748  1,565,439 

Operating profit

  379,708  428,526  394,143  566,716 

Net income

  222,398  251,260  236,316  355,371 

Basic earnings per share

  0.72  0.83  0.78  1.17 

Diluted earnings per share

  0.72  0.83  0.78  1.17 

As discussed in Note 6,13, in the secondthird quarter of 2012,2015, the Company repurchased $450.7 million principal amountimplemented a restructuring of its outstanding senior subordinated notes due 2017, resulting incorporate support functions. As a pretax lossresult, the Company incurred expenses, primarily related to severance-related benefits, of $29.0$6.1 million ($17.73.7 million net of tax, or $0.05$0.01 per diluted share), which was recognized as Other (income)Selling, general, and administrative expense.

        As discussed in Note 6, inIn the first quarterthird and fourth quarters of 2011, the Company repurchased $25.0 million principal amount of its outstanding senior notes due 2015, resulting in a pretax loss of $2.2 million ($1.3 million net of tax, or less than $0.01 per diluted share) which was recognized as Other (income) expense.

        As discussed in Note 6, in the second quarter of 2011, the Company repurchased $839.3 million principal amount of its outstanding senior notes due 2015, resulting in a pretax loss of $58.1 million ($35.4 million net of tax, or $0.10 per diluted share) which was recognized as Other (income) expense.

        As discussed in Note 11, in the fourth quarter of 20112014, the Company incurred share-based compensation expenses included in SG&Arelated to an attempted acquisition of $8.6$8.2 million ($5.37.4 million net of tax, or $0.02 per diluted share) for the accelerated vestingand $6.1 million ($1.3 million net of certain share-based awards in conjunction with a secondary offering of the Company's common stock.

15. Subsequent event

        On March 19, 2013, the Company's Board of Directors authorized a $500 million increase in the common stock repurchase program discussed in Note 2. The repurchase authorization has no expiration datetax, or $0.00 per diluted share), respectively, which were recognized as Selling, general and allows repurchases from time to time in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, which could include repurchases from Buck Holdings, L.P. or other related parties if appropriate. The timing and number of shares purchased depends on a variety of factors, such as price, market conditions and other factors. Repurchases under the program may be funded from available cash or borrowings under the ABL Facility discussed in Note 6.administrative expenses.



DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

16. Guarantor subsidiaries

        Certain of the Company's subsidiaries (the "Guarantors") have fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several basis the Company's obligations under certain outstanding debt obligations. Each of the Guarantors is a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The following consolidating schedules present condensed financial information on a combined basis, in thousands.

 
 February 1, 2013 
 
 DOLLAR
GENERAL
CORPORATION
 GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES
 OTHER
SUBSIDIARIES
 ELIMINATIONS CONSOLIDATED
TOTAL
 

BALANCE SHEET:

                

ASSETS

                

Current assets:

                

Cash and cash equivalents

 $1,759 $117,186 $21,864 $ $140,809 

Merchandise inventories

    2,397,175      2,397,175 

Income taxes receivable

           

Deferred income taxes

  4,616    24,016  (28,632)  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

  654,787  5,773,989  5,711  (6,295,358) 139,129 
            

Total current assets

  661,162  8,288,350  51,591  (6,323,990) 2,677,113 
            

Net property and equipment

  126,191  1,962,375  99    2,088,665 
            

Goodwill

  4,338,589        4,338,589 
            

Other intangible assets, net

  1,199,700  19,843      1,219,543 
            

Deferred income taxes

      49,097  (49,097)  
            

Other assets, net

  8,075,560  15,103  361,999  (8,408,890) 43,772 
            

Total assets

 $14,401,202 $10,285,671 $462,786 $(14,781,977)$10,367,682 
            

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

                

Current liabilities:

                

Current portion of long-term obligations

 $600 $292 $ $ $892 

Accounts payable

  5,780,924  1,716,370  51,148  (6,286,835) 1,261,607 

Accrued expenses and other

  44,621  252,310  69,030  (8,523) 357,438 

Income taxes payable

  51,697  5,411  38,279    95,387 

Deferred income taxes

    51,855    (28,632) 23,223 
            

Total current liabilities

  5,877,842  2,026,238  158,457  (6,323,990) 1,738,547 
            

Long-term obligations

  3,066,212  3,687,969    (3,982,845) 2,771,336 
            

Deferred income taxes

  429,253  266,914    (49,097) 647,070 
            

Other liabilities

  42,565  42,349  140,485    225,399 
            

Shareholders' equity:

                

Preferred stock

           

Common stock

  286,185  23,855  100  (23,955) 286,185 

Additional paid-in capital

  2,991,351  560,779  19,900  (580,679) 2,991,351 

Retained earnings

  1,710,732  3,677,567  143,844  (3,821,411) 1,710,732 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

  (2,938)       (2,938)
            

Total shareholders' equity

  4,985,330  4,262,201  163,844  (4,426,045) 4,985,330 
            

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

 $14,401,202 $10,285,671 $462,786 $(14,781,977)$10,367,682 
            




DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

16. Guarantor subsidiaries (Continued)

 
 February 3, 2012 
 
 DOLLAR
GENERAL
CORPORATION
 GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES
 OTHER
SUBSIDIARIES
 ELIMINATIONS CONSOLIDATED
TOTAL
 

BALANCE SHEET:

                

ASSETS

                

Current assets:

                

Cash and cash equivalents

 $1,844 $102,627 $21,655 $ $126,126 

Merchandise inventories

    2,009,206      2,009,206 

Deferred income taxes

  10,078    21,729  (31,807)  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

  551,457  4,685,263  5,768  (5,102,746) 139,742 
            

Total current assets

  563,379  6,797,096  49,152  (5,134,553) 2,275,074 
            

Net property and equipment

  113,661  1,681,072  227    1,794,960 
            

Goodwill

  4,338,589        4,338,589 
            

Other intangible assets, net

  1,199,200  36,754      1,235,954 
            

Deferred income taxes

      49,531  (49,531)  
            

Other assets, net

  6,575,574  13,260  323,736  (6,868,627) 43,943 
            

Total assets

 $12,790,403 $8,528,182 $422,646 $(12,052,711)$9,688,520 
            

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

                

Current liabilities:

                

Current portion of long-term obligations

 $ $590 $ $ $590 

Accounts payable

  4,654,237  1,451,277  52,362  (5,093,789) 1,064,087 

Accrued expenses and other

  79,010  264,575  62,447  (8,957) 397,075 

Income taxes payable

  12,972  5,013  26,443    44,428 

Deferred income taxes

    35,529    (31,807) 3,722 
            

Total current liabilities

  4,746,219  1,756,984  141,252  (5,134,553) 1,509,902 
            

Long-term obligations

  2,879,475  3,340,075    (3,601,659) 2,617,891 
            

Deferred income taxes

  435,791  270,736    (49,531) 656,996 
            

Other liabilities

  54,336  33,156  141,657    229,149 
            

Shareholders' equity:

                

Preferred stock

           

Common stock

  295,828  23,855  100  (23,955) 295,828 

Additional paid-in capital

  2,967,027  431,253  19,900  (451,153) 2,967,027 

Retained earnings

  1,416,918  2,672,123  119,737  (2,791,860) 1,416,918 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

  (5,191)       (5,191)
            

Total shareholders' equity

  4,674,582  3,127,231  139,737  (3,266,968) 4,674,582 
            

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

 $12,790,403 $8,528,182 $422,646 $(12,052,711)$9,688,520 
            




DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

16. Guarantor subsidiaries (Continued)

 
 For the year ended February 1, 2013 
 
 DOLLAR
GENERAL
CORPORATION
 GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES
 OTHER
SUBSIDIARIES
 ELIMINATIONS CONSOLIDATED
TOTAL
 

STATEMENTS OF INCOME:

                

Net sales

 $347,089 $16,022,128 $98,900 $(445,989)$16,022,128 

Cost of goods sold

    10,936,727      10,936,727 
            

Gross profit

  347,089  5,085,401  98,900  (445,989) 5,085,401 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

  315,536  3,478,458  82,120  (445,989) 3,430,125 
            

Operating profit

  31,553  1,606,943  16,780    1,655,276 

Interest income

  (41,379) (42,668) (18,703) 102,750   

Interest expense

  190,171  40,469  36  (102,750) 127,926 

Other (income) expense

  29,956        29,956 
            

Income (loss) before income taxes

  (147,195) 1,609,142  35,447    1,497,394 

Income tax expense (benefit)

  (70,306) 603,698  11,340    544,732 

Equity in subsidiaries' earnings, net of taxes

  1,029,551      (1,029,551)  
            

Net income

 $952,662 $1,005,444 $24,107 $(1,029,551)$952,662 
            

Comprehensive income

 $954,915 $1,005,444 $24,107 $(1,029,551)$954,915 
            


 
 For the year ended February 3, 2012 
 
 DOLLAR
GENERAL
CORPORATION
 GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES
 OTHER
SUBSIDIARIES
 ELIMINATIONS CONSOLIDATED
TOTAL
 

STATEMENTS OF INCOME:

                

Net sales

 $338,903 $14,807,188 $84,940 $(423,843)$14,807,188 

Cost of goods sold

    10,109,278      10,109,278 
            

Gross profit

  338,903  4,697,910  84,940  (423,843) 4,697,910 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

  308,094  3,242,276  80,579  (423,843) 3,207,106 
            

Operating profit

  30,809  1,455,634  4,361    1,490,804 

Interest income

  (39,526) (21,954) (20,924) 82,404   

Interest expense

  246,905  40,362  37  (82,404) 204,900 

Other (income) expense

  60,615        60,615 
            

Income (loss) before income taxes

  (237,185) 1,437,226  25,248    1,225,289 

Income tax expense (benefit)

  (84,819) 536,194  7,229    458,604 

Equity in subsidiaries' earnings, net of taxes

  919,051      (919,051)  
            

Net income

 $766,685 $901,032 $18,019 $(919,051)$766,685 
            

Comprehensive income

 $781,790 $901,032 $18,019 $(919,051)$781,790 
            




DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

16. Guarantor subsidiaries (Continued)

 
 For the year ended January 28, 2011 
 
 DOLLAR
GENERAL
CORPORATION
 GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES
 OTHER
SUBSIDIARIES
 ELIMINATIONS CONSOLIDATED
TOTAL
 

STATEMENTS OF INCOME:

                

Net sales

 $311,280 $13,035,000 $84,878 $(396,158)$13,035,000 

Cost of goods sold

    8,858,444      8,858,444 
            

Gross profit

  311,280  4,176,556  84,878  (396,158) 4,176,556 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

  283,069  2,948,346  67,234  (396,158) 2,902,491 
            

Operating profit

  28,211  1,228,210  17,644    1,274,065 

Interest income

  (44,677) (7,025) (19,986) 71,688   

Interest expense

  300,934  44,723  23  (71,688) 273,992 

Other (income) expense

  15,101        15,101 
            

Income (loss) before income taxes

  (243,147) 1,190,512  37,607    984,972 

Income tax expense (benefit)

  (102,448) 447,881  11,682    357,115 

Equity in subsidiaries' earnings, net of taxes

  768,556      (768,556)  
            

Net income

 $627,857 $742,631 $25,925 $(768,556)$627,857 
            

Comprehensive income

 $641,728 $742,631 $25,925 $(768,556)$641,728 
            


DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

16. Guarantor subsidiaries (Continued)

 
 For the year ended February 1, 2013 
 
 DOLLAR
GENERAL
CORPORATION
 GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES
 OTHER
SUBSIDIARIES
 ELIMINATIONS CONSOLIDATED
TOTAL
 

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS:

                

Cash flows from operating activities:

                

Net income

 $952,662 $1,005,444 $24,107 $(1,029,551)$952,662 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities:

                

Depreciation and amortization

  31,385  271,367  159    302,911 

Deferred income taxes

  (13,256) 12,504  (1,853)   (2,605)

Tax benefit of stock options

  (87,752)       (87,752)

Loss on debt retirement, net

  30,620        30,620 

Noncash share-based compensation

  21,664        21,664 

Other noncash gains and losses

  (2,354) 9,128      6,774 

Equity in subsidiaries' earnings, net

  (1,029,551)     1,029,551   

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

                

Merchandise inventories

    (391,409)     (391,409)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

  22,814  (18,110) 849    5,553 

Accounts payable

  46,388  148,871  (1,224)   194,035 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

  (39,728) (2,424) 5,411    (36,741)

Income taxes

  126,477  398  11,836    138,711 

Other

  (501) (2,460) (110)   (3,071)
            

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  58,868  1,033,309  39,175    1,131,352 
            

Cash flows from investing activities:

                

Purchases of property and equipment

  (29,094) (542,471) (31)   (571,596)

Proceeds from sales of property and equipment

  167  1,593      1,760 
            

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

  (28,927) (540,878) (31)   (569,836)
            

Cash flows from financing activities:

                

Issuance of long-term obligations

  500,000        500,000 

Repayments of long-term obligations

  (477,665) (590)     (478,255)

Borrowings under revolving credit facility

  2,286,700        2,286,700 

Repayments of borrowings under revolving credit facility

  (2,184,900)       (2,184,900)

Debt issuance costs

  (15,278)       (15,278)

Repurchase of common stock

  (671,459)       (671,459)

Other equity transactions, net of employee taxes paid

  (71,393)       (71,393)

Tax benefit of stock options

  87,752        87,752 

Changes in intercompany note balances, net

  516,217  (477,282) (38,935)    
            

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  (30,026) (477,872) (38,935)   (546,833)
            

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  (85) 14,559  209    14,683 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

  1,844  102,627  21,655��   126,126 
            

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

 $1,759 $117,186 $21,864 $ $140,809 
            


DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

16. Guarantor subsidiaries (Continued)


 
 For the year ended February 3, 2012 
 
 DOLLAR
GENERAL
CORPORATION
 GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES
 OTHER
SUBSIDIARIES
 ELIMINATIONS CONSOLIDATED
TOTAL
 

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS:

                

Cash flows from operating activities:

                

Net income

 $766,685 $901,032 $18,019 $(919,051)$766,685 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities:

                

Depreciation and amortization

  31,793  243,485  130    275,408 

Deferred income taxes

  1,649  25,328  (16,745)   10,232 

Tax benefit of stock options

  (33,102)       (33,102)

Loss on debt retirement, net

  60,303        60,303 

Noncash share-based compensation

  15,250        15,250 

Other noncash gains and losses

  653  53,537      54,190 

Equity in subsidiaries' earnings, net

  (919,051)     919,051   

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

                

Merchandise inventories

    (291,492)     (291,492)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

  (19,361) (12,671) (2,522)   (34,554)

Accounts payable

  (17,678) 120,607  1,513    104,442 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

  20,799  45,015  5,949    71,763 

Income taxes

  47,681  (8,233) 12,102    51,550 

Other

  (3) (121) (71)   (195)
            

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  (44,382) 1,076,487  18,375    1,050,480 
            

Cash flows from investing activities:

                

Purchases of property and equipment

  (30,403) (484,388) (70)   (514,861)

Proceeds from sales of property and equipment

  33  993      1,026 
            

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

  (30,370) (483,395) (70)   (513,835)
            

Cash flows from financing activities:

                

Repayments of long-term obligations

  (910,677) (1,274)     (911,951)

Borrowings under revolving credit facility

  1,157,800        1,157,800 

Repayments of borrowings under revolving credit facility

  (973,100)       (973,100)

Repurchase of common stock

  (186,597)       (186,597)

Other equity transactions, net of employee taxes paid

  (27,219)       (27,219)

Tax benefit of stock options

  33,102        33,102 

Changes in intercompany note balances, net

  871,742  (853,595) (18,147)    
            

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  (34,949) (854,869) (18,147)   (907,965)
            

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  (109,701) (261,777) 158    (371,320)

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

  111,545  364,404  21,497    497,446 
            

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

 $1,844 $102,627 $21,655 $ $126,126 
            


DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

16. Guarantor subsidiaries (Continued)


 
 For the year ended January 28, 2011 
 
 DOLLAR
GENERAL
CORPORATION
 GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES
 OTHER
SUBSIDIARIES
 ELIMINATIONS CONSOLIDATED
TOTAL
 

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS:

                

Cash flows from operating activities:

                

Net income

 $627,857 $742,631 $25,925 $(768,556)$627,857 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities:

                

Depreciation and amortization

  33,015  221,851  61    254,927 

Deferred income taxes

  17,817  47,719  (14,551)   50,985 

Tax benefit of stock options

  (13,905)       (13,905)

Loss on debt retirement, net

  14,576        14,576 

Noncash share-based compensation

  15,956        15,956 

Other noncash gains and losses

  1,395  12,154      13,549 

Equity in subsidiaries' earnings, net

  (768,556)     768,556   

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

                

Merchandise inventories

    (251,809)     (251,809)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

  (1,646) (3,642) (4,869)   (10,157)

Accounts payable

  (5,446) 124,120  4,750    123,424 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

  (28,442) (12,410) (1,576)   (42,428)

Income taxes

  18,136  14,891  9,876    42,903 

Other

  816  (2,008) (2)   (1,194)
            

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  (88,427) 893,497  19,614    824,684 
            

Cash flows from investing activities:

                

Purchases of property and equipment

  (22,830) (397,322) (243)   (420,395)

Proceeds from sales of property and equipment

    1,448      1,448 
            

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

  (22,830) (395,874) (243)   (418,947)
            

Cash flows from financing activities:

                

Repayments of long-term obligations

  (129,217) (1,963)     (131,180)

Other equity transactions, net of employee taxes paid

  (13,092)       (13,092)

Tax benefit of stock options

  13,905        13,905 

Changes in intercompany note balances, net

  253,586  (234,257) (19,329)    
            

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  125,182  (236,220) (19,329)   (130,367)
            

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  13,925  261,403  42    275,370 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

  97,620  103,001  21,455    222,076 
            

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

 $111,545 $364,404 $21,497 $ $497,446 
            

ITEM 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

        Not applicable.

ITEM 9A.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

        (a)    Disclosure Controls and Procedures.    Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Rule 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"). Based on this evaluation, our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.

        (b)    Management's Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.    Our management prepared and is responsible for the consolidated financial statements and all related financial information contained in this report. This responsibility includes establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles.

        To comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, management designed and implemented a structured and comprehensive assessment process to evaluate the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting. Such assessment was based on criteria established inInternal Control—Integrated Framework (2013 Framework) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Because of its inherent limitations, a system of internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Management regularly monitors our internal control over financial reporting, and actions are taken to correct any deficiencies as they are identified. Based on its assessment, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as of February 1, 2013.January 29, 2016.

        Ernst & Young LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited our consolidated financial statements, has issued an attestation report on management's assessment of our internal control over financial reporting. Such attestation report is contained below.


        (c)    Attestation Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.    


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Dollar General Corporation

        We have audited Dollar General Corporation and subsidiaries' internal control over financial reporting as of February 1, 2013,January 29, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). Dollar General Corporation and subsidiaries' management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management's Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

        In our opinion, Dollar General Corporation and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of February 1, 2013,January 29, 2016, based on the COSO criteria.

        We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Dollar General Corporation and subsidiaries as of February 1, 2013January 29, 2016 and February 3, 2012,January 30, 2015, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 1, 2013January 29, 2016 of Dollar General Corporation and subsidiaries and our report dated March 25, 201322, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Nashville, Tennessee
March 25, 201322, 2016


        (d)    Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.    There have been no changes during the quarter ended February 1, 2013January 29, 2016 in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f)) that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B.    OTHER INFORMATION

        Not applicable.On March 7, 2016, Mr. John W. Flanigan, Executive Vice President, Global Supply Chain, advised the Company of his intent to retire effective April 29, 2016.

        On March 16, 2016, the Company's Compensation Committee (the "Committee") awarded 119,599 non-qualified stock options ("Options") and 27,367 performance share units ("PSUs") to Mr. Vasos and 32,890 Options and 7,526 PSUs to each of Messrs. Garratt, Flanigan and Ravener and Ms. Taylor on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the form of Option award agreement and form of PSU award agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 10.5 and Exhibit 10.10, respectively (collectively, the "Form Award Agreements"), and subject to the terms and conditions of the previously filed Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Dollar General Corporation (the "Plan").

        The Options have a term of ten years and, subject to earlier forfeiture or accelerated vesting under certain circumstances described in the form of Option award agreement, generally will vest in four equal annual installments beginning on April 1, 2017.

        The PSUs represent a target number of units that can be earned if certain performance measures are achieved during the performance period (which is the Company's fiscal year 2016) (the "Performance Period") and if certain additional vesting requirements are met. The performance measures are goals related to adjusted EBITDA (weighted 50%) and ROIC (weighted 50%) as established by the Committee on the grant date. The number of PSUs earned will vary between 0% and 300% of the target amount based on actual performance compared to target performance on a graduated scale, with performance at the target level resulting in 100% of the target number of PSUs being earned. At the conclusion of the Performance Period, the Committee will determine the level of achievement of each performance goal measure and the corresponding number of PSUs earned by each grantee. Subject to certain pro-rata vesting conditions, one-third of the PSUs earned by each grantee will vest on the last day of the Performance Period and be paid on April 1, 2017. The remaining two-thirds of the PSUs earned by each grantee will vest in equal installments on April 1, 2018 and April 1, 2019, in each case subject to the grantee's continued employment with the Company and certain accelerated vesting provisions described in the form of PSU award agreement.

        The Form Award Agreements also provide that in the event of a Change in Control (as defined in the Form Award Agreements) of the Company, a grantee will only receive an accelerated payout of his or her equity award if a Qualifying Termination (as defined in the Form Award Agreements) occurs within two years following the Change in Control.

        Also, on March 16, 2016, in addition to the award of Options and PSUs as outlined above, the Committee awarded Mr. Vasos 85,759 Options according to the terms of the form of Option award agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 10.38 and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan. Subject to certain forfeiture and limited vesting acceleration events (including the same Change in Control provisions as described above), such Option award is scheduled to vest ratably in installments of 33 1/3% on each of the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the grant date, subject to holding requirements through the fifth anniversary of the grant date, and will terminate no later than ten years from the grant date.

        The foregoing descriptions of all Options and PSU awards and the forms of award agreements are summaries only, do not purport to be complete, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the filed forms of award agreement attached hereto as Exhibits 10.5, 10.10 and 10.38.



PART III

ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

        (a)    Information Regarding Directors and Executive Officers.    The information required by this Item 10 regarding our directors and director nominees is contained under the captions "Who are the nominees this year," "What are the backgrounds of this year's nominees," "Are there any familial relationships between any of the nominees," "How are directors identified and nominated," and "What particular experience, qualifications, attributes or skills led the Board of Directors to conclude that each nominee should serve as a director of Dollar General," all under the heading "Proposal 1: Election of Directors" in our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed for our Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 29, 201325, 2016 (the "2013"2016 Proxy Statement"), which information under such captions is incorporated herein by reference. Information required by this Item 10 regarding our executive officers is contained in Part I of this Form 10-K under the caption "Executive Officers of the Registrant," which information under such caption is incorporated herein by reference.

        (b)    Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.    Information required by this Item 10 regarding compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is contained under the caption "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance" in the 20132016 Proxy Statement, which information under such caption is incorporated herein by reference.

        (c)    Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.    We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and Board members. This Code is posted on the Investor Information section of our Internet website at www.dollargeneral.com. If we choose to no longer post such Code, we will provide a free copy to any person upon written request to Dollar General Corporation, c/o Investor Relations Department, 100 Mission Ridge, Goodlettsville, TN 37072. We intend to provide any required disclosure of an amendment to or waiver from thesuch Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, on our Internet website located at www.dollargeneral.com promptly following the amendment or waiver. We may elect to disclose any such amendment or waiver in a report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC either in addition to or in lieu of the website disclosure. The information contained on or connected to our Internet website is not incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K and should not be considered part of this or any other report that we file with or furnish to the SEC.

        (d)    Procedures for Shareholders to Nominate Directors.    There have been no material changes to the procedures by which security holders may recommend nominees to the registrant's Board of Directors.

        (e)    Audit Committee Information.    Information required by this Item 10 regarding our audit committee and our audit committee financial experts is contained under the captions "Corporate Governance—Does the Board of Directors have standing Audit, Compensation and Nominating Committees" and "—Does Dollar General have an audit committee financial expert serving on its Audit Committee" in the 20132016 Proxy Statement, which information under such captions is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

        The information required by this Item 11 regarding director and executive officer compensation, the Compensation Committee Report, the risks arising from our compensation policies and practices for employees, and compensation committee interlocks and insider participation is contained under the captions "Director Compensation" and "Executive Compensation" in the 20132016 Proxy Statement, which information under such captions is incorporated herein by reference.



ITEM 12.    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

        (a)    Equity Compensation Plan Information.    The following table sets forth information about securities authorized for issuance under our compensation plans (including individual compensation arrangements) as of February 1, 2013:January 29, 2016:

Plan category
 Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
(a)
 Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
(b)
 Number of
securities remaining
available for future
issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected
in column (a))
(c)
  Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
(a)
 Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
(b)
 Number of
securities remaining
available for future
issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected
in column (a))
(c)
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders(1)

 4,278,854 $22.99 20,140,249  3,539,160 $56.43 18,556,241 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

        
       

Total(1)

 4,278,854 $22.99 20,140,249  3,539,160 $56.43 18,556,241 
       

(1)
Column (a) consists of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options and upon vesting and payment of share units and deferred shares, including dividend equivalents accrued thereon, under the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. Share units, deferred shares and dividend equivalents are settled for shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis and have no exercise price. Accordingly, those unitsthey have been excluded for purposes of computing the weighted-average exercise price in column (b). Column (c) consists of shares reserved for issuance pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, whether in the form of stock, restricted stock, share units, or other share-based awards or upon the exercise of an option or right.

        (b)    Other Information.    The information required by this Item 12 regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and our management is contained under the caption "Security Ownership" in the 20132016 Proxy Statement, which information under such caption is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

        The information required by this Item 13 regarding certain relationships and related transactions is contained under the caption "Transactions with Management and Others" in the 20132016 Proxy Statement, which information under such caption is incorporated herein by reference.

        The information required by this Item 13 regarding director independence is contained under the caption "Director Independence" in the 20132016 Proxy Statement, which information under such caption is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

        The information required by this Item 14 regarding fees we paid to our principal accountant and the pre-approval policies and procedures established by the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors is contained under the caption "Fees Paid to Auditors" in the 20132016 Proxy Statement, which information under such caption is incorporated herein by reference.



PART IV

ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  Consolidated Balance Sheets
  Consolidated Statements of Income
  Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
  Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(b)

 

All schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC are not required under the related instructions, are inapplicable or the information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements and, therefore, have been omitted.


(c)

 

Exhibits:    See Exhibit Index immediately following the signature pages hereto, which Exhibit Index is incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein.



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION

Date: March 25, 201322, 2016


 

By:


 

/s/ RICHARD W. DREILINGTODD J. VASOS


Richard W. Dreiling,Todd J. Vasos,
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

        We, the undersigned directors and officers of the registrant, hereby severally constitute RichardTodd J. Vasos, John W. DreilingGarratt II and David M. Tehle,Anita C. Elliott, and each of them singly, our true and lawful attorneys with full power to them and each of them to sign for us, and in our names in the capacities indicated below, any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ RICHARD W. DREILINGTODD J. VASOS

RICHARD W. DREILINGTODD J. VASOS
 Chairman & Chief Executive Officer & Director (Principal Executive Officer) March 25, 201322, 2016

/s/ DAVID M. TEHLEJOHN W. GARRATT

DAVID M. TEHLEJOHN W. GARRATT

 

Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial andOfficer)


March 22, 2016

/s/ ANITA C. ELLIOTT

ANITA C. ELLIOTT


Senior Vice President & Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)

 

March 25, 2013

/s/ RAJ AGRAWAL

RAJ AGRAWAL


Director


March 25, 201322, 2016

/s/ WARREN F. BRYANT

WARREN F. BRYANT

 

Director

 

March 25, 201322, 2016

/s/ MICHAEL M. CALBERT

MICHAEL M. CALBERT

 

Director

 

March 25, 201322, 2016

/s/ SANDRA B. COCHRAN

SANDRA B. COCHRAN

 

Director

 

March 25, 201322, 2016

Name
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ PATRICIA D. FILI-KRUSHEL

PATRICIA D. FILI-KRUSHEL
 Director March 25, 201322, 2016

/s/ ADRIAN JONESPAULA A. PRICE

ADRIAN JONESPAULA A. PRICE

 

Director

 

March 25, 201322, 2016

/s/ WILLIAM C. RHODES, III

WILLIAM C. RHODES, III

 

Director

 

March 25, 201322, 2016

/s/ DAVID B. RICKARD

DAVID B. RICKARD

 

Director

 

March 25, 201322, 2016


EXHIBIT INDEX

 3.1 Amended and Restated Charter of Dollar General Corporation (complete copy as amended for SEC filing purposes only) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Dollar General Corporation's CurrentQuarterly Report on Form 8-K dated November 18, 2009,10-Q for the quarter ended May 3, 2013, filed with the SEC on November 18, 2009June 4, 2013 (file no. 001-11421))

 

3.2

 

3.2Amended and Restated Bylaws of Dollar General Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Dollar General Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 18, 2009, filed with the SEC on November 18, 2009 (file no. 001-11421))

 

4.1

 

4.1Form of Stock Certificate for Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (file no. 333-161464))

 

4.2

 

Shareholders' Agreement of Dollar General Corporation, dated as of November 9, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Dollar General Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 18, 2009, filed with the SEC on November 18, 2009 (file no. 001-11421))

 

4.34.2

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 6, 2007, among Buck Holdings, L.P., Buck Holdings, LLC, Dollar General Corporation and Shareholders named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.18 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))


4.4


Form of 4.125% Senior Notes due 2017 (included in Exhibit 4.5)4.7)

 

4.5

 

4.3Form of 1.875% Senior Notes due 2018 (included in Exhibit 4.8)
4.4Form of 3.250% Senior Notes due 2023 (included in Exhibit 4.9)
4.5Form of 4.150% Senior Notes due 2025 (included in Exhibit 4.10)
4.6Indenture, dated as of July 12, 2012, between Dollar General Corporation, as issuer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Dollar General Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 12, 2012, filed with the SEC on July 17, 2012 (file no. 001-11421))

 

4.6

 

4.7First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 12, 2012, among Dollar General Corporation, as issuer, the subsidiary guarantors named therein, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Dollar General Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 12, 2012, filed with the SEC on July 17, 2012 (file no. 001-11421))

 

4.7

 

Credit Agreement,
4.8Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2007, amongApril 11, 2013, between Dollar General Corporation, as Borrower, Citicorp North America, Inc.,issuer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Administrative Agent,trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Dollar General Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 8, 2013 and filed with the other lending institutions from time to time party theretoSEC on April 11, 2013 (file no. 001-11421))
4.9Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 11, 2013, between Dollar General Corporation, as issuer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Dollar General Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 6, 2007,April 8, 2013 and filed with the SEC on July 12, 2007April 11, 2013 (file no. 001-11421))

 

4.8

 

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement,
4.10Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 30, 2012, amongOctober 20, 2015, between Dollar General Corporation, as Borrower, CitiCorp North American, N.A.issuer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Administrative Agent, and the other financial institutions from time to time party theretotrustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Dollar General Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 27, 2012 andOctober 15, 2015, filed with the SEC on April 2, 2012October 20, 2015 (file no. 001-11421))

 

4.9

 

First Amendment to
4.11Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2012,October 20, 2015, among Dollar General Corporation, as Borrower, CitiCorp North America, Inc.borrower, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as Joint Lead Arranger and Bookrunner, Goldman Sachs Lending Partner LLC and KKR Capital Markets LLC, each as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners for the Transactions,administrative agent, and the other credit parties and lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.24.3 to Dollar General Corporation's QuarterlyCurrent Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended November 2, 2012,8-K dated October 15, 2015 and filed with the SEC on December 11, 2012October 20, 2015 (file no. 001-11421))


 4.1010.1 Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of October 9, 2012, among Dollar General Corporation, as Borrower, CitiCorp North America, Inc., as Administrative Agent, and the other financial institutions from time to time party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Dollar General Corporation's Form 8-K dated October 9, 2012, filed with the SEC on October 12, 2012 (file no. 001-11421))


4.11


Guarantee to the Credit Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2007, among certain domestic subsidiaries of Dollar General Corporation, as Guarantors and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Dollar General Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 6, 2007, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2007 (file no. 001-11421))


4.12


Supplement No.1, dated as of September 11, 2007, to the Guarantee to the Credit Agreement, between DC Financial, LLC, as New Guarantor, and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.23 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))


4.13


Supplement No. 2, dated as of December 31, 2007, to the Guarantee to the Credit Agreement, between Retail Risk Solutions, LLC, as New Guarantor, and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.34 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))


4.14


Supplement No. 3, dated as of March 23, 2009, to the Guarantee to the Credit Agreement, between the New Guarantors referenced therein and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.30 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (file no. 333-158281))


4.15


Supplement No. 4, dated as of March 25, 2010, to the Guarantee to the Credit Agreement, between the New Guarantors referenced therein and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.33 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (file no. 333-165799))


4.16


Supplement No. 5 to the Guarantee to the Credit Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2010, by and between Retail Property Investments, LLC and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.57 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (file no. 333-165799))


4.17


Security Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2007, among Dollar General Corporation and certain domestic subsidiaries of Dollar General Corporation, as Grantors, and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Dollar General Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 6, 2007, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2007 (file no. 001-11421))


4.18


Supplement No.1, dated as of September 11, 2007, to the Security Agreement, between DC Financial, LLC, as New Grantor, and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.25 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))


4.19


Supplement No. 2, dated as of December 31, 2007, to the Security Agreement, between Retail Risk Solutions, LLC, as New Grantor, and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.35 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))

4.20Supplement No. 3, dated as of March 23, 2009, to the Security Agreement, between the New Grantors referenced therein and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.34 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (file no. 333-158281))


4.21


Supplement No. 4, dated as of March 25, 2010, to the Security Agreement, between the New Grantors referenced therein and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.38 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (file no. 333-165799))


4.22


Supplement No. 5 to the Security Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2010, between Retail Property Investments, LLC and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.58 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (file no. 333-165799))


4.23


Pledge Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2007, among Dollar General Corporation and certain domestic subsidiaries of Dollar General Corporation, as Pledgors, and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to Dollar General Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 6, 2007, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2007 (file no. 001-11421))


4.24


Supplement No.1, dated as of September 11, 2007, to the Pledge Agreement, between DC Financial, LLC, as Additional Pledgor, and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.27 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))


4.25


Supplement No. 2, dated as of December 31, 2007, to the Pledge Agreement, between Retail Risk Solutions, LLC, as Additional Pledgor, and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.36 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))


4.26


Supplement No. 3, dated as of March 23, 2009, to the Pledge Agreement, between the Additional Pledgors referenced therein and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.38 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (file no. 333-158281))


4.27


Supplement No. 4, dated as of March 25, 2010, to the Pledge Agreement, between the Additional Pledgors referenced therein and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.43 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (file no. 333-165799))


4.28


Supplement No. 5 to the Pledge Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2010, between Retail Property Investments, LLC and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.59 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (file no. 333-165799))


4.29


ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2007, among Dollar General Corporation, as Parent Borrower, certain domestic subsidiaries of Dollar General Corporation, as Subsidiary Borrowers, The CIT Group/Business Credit Inc., as ABL Administrative Agent, and the other lending institutions from time to time party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to Dollar General Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 6, 2007, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2007 (file no. 001-11421))

4.30Appointment of Successor Agent and Amendment No. 1 to the ABL Credit Agreement entered into as of July 31, 2009, by and among The CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc., Wells Fargo Retail Finance, LLC, Dollar General Corporation and the Subsidiary Borrowers and the Lenders signatory thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99 to Dollar General Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 31, 2009, filed with the SEC on August 4, 2009 (file no. 001-11421))


4.31


Amended and Restated ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2012, among Dollar General Corporation, as Parent Borrower, certain domestic subsidiaries of Dollar General Corporation, as Subsidiary Borrowers, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. as ABL Administrative Agent, and the other lending institutions from time to time party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Dollar General Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 15, 2012, filed with the SEC on March 19, 2012 (file no. 001-11421))


4.32


Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 9, 2012, among Dollar General Corporation and certain subsidiaries, as Borrowers, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, and the other financial institutions from time to time party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Dollar General Corporation's Form 8-K dated September 25, 2012, filed with the SEC on September 27, 2012 (file no. 001-11421))


4.33


Guarantee, dated as of September 11, 2007, to the ABL Credit Agreement, between DC Financial, LLC and The CIT Group/Business Credit Inc., as ABL Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.29 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))


4.34


Supplement No. 1, dated as of December 31, 2007, to the Guarantee to the ABL Credit Agreement, between Retail Risk Solutions, LLC, as New Guarantor, and The CIT Group/Business Credit Inc., as ABL Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.37 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))


4.35


Supplement No. 2, dated as of March 23, 2009, to the Guarantee to the ABL Credit Agreement, between the New Guarantors referenced therein and The CIT Group/Business Credit Inc., as ABL Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.42 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (file no. 333-158281))


4.36


Supplement No. 3, dated as of March 30, 2010, to the Guarantee to the ABL Credit Agreement, between the New Guarantors referenced therein and Wells Fargo Retail Finance, LLC, as ABL Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.49 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (file no. 333-165799))


4.37


Supplement No. 4 to the Guarantee to the ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2010, between Retail Property Investments, LLC and Wells Fargo Retail Finance, LLC, as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.60 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (file no. 333-165799))


4.38


ABL Security Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2007, among Dollar General Corporation, as Parent Borrower, certain domestic subsidiaries of Dollar General Corporation, as Subsidiary Borrowers, collectively the Grantors, and The CIT Group/Business Credit Inc., as ABL Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to Dollar General Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 6, 2007, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2007 (file no. 001-11421))

4.39Supplement No. 1, dated as of September 11, 2007, to the ABL Security Agreement, between DC Financial, LLC, as New Grantor, and The CIT Group/Business Credit Inc., as ABL Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.31 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))


4.40


Supplement No. 2, dated as of December 31, 2007, to the ABL Security Agreement, between Retail Risk Solutions, LLC, as New Grantor, and The CIT Group/Business Credit Inc., as ABL Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.38 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))


4.41


Supplement No. 3, dated as of March 23, 2009, to the ABL Security Agreement, between the New Grantors referenced therein and The CIT Group/Business Credit Inc., as ABL Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.46 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (file no. 333-158281))


4.42


Supplement No. 4, dated as of March 30, 2010, to the ABL Security Agreement, between the New Grantors referenced therein and Wells Fargo Retail Finance, LLC, as ABL Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.54 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (file no. 333-165799))


4.43


Supplement No. 5 to the Security Agreement to the ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2010, between Retail Property Investments, LLC and Wells Fargo Retail Finance, LLC, as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.61 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (file no. 333-165799))


10.1


Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Dollar General Corporation and its affiliatesAffiliates (effective June 1, 2012) (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to Dollar General Corporation's Definitive Proxy Statement filed with the SEC on April 5, 2012 (file no. 001-11421))*

 

10.2

 

10.2Form of Stock Option Award Agreement between Dollar General Corporation(approved May 24, 2011) for awards made prior to December 2014 to certain newly hired and certain officerspromoted employees of Dollar General Corporation granting stock options pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration StatementQuarterly Report on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))*


10.3


Form of Stock Option Agreement, adopted on May 24, 2011, for Stock Option Grants to Certain Newly Hired and Promoted Employees under the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Dollar General Corporation and its Affiliates (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Dollar General Corporation's Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 29, 2011, filed with the SEC on June 1, 2011 (file no. 001-11421))*

 

10.4

 

10.3Form of Stock Option Award Agreement in connection with grants made(approved March 20, 2012) for annual awards beginning March 20, 2012 and prior to March 2015 to certain employees of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (approved March 20, 2012) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Dollar General Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 20, 2012, filed with the SEC on March 26, 2012 (file no. 001-11421))*

 

10.5

 

10.4Form of Performance Share UnitStock Option Award Agreement in connection with grants made(approved August 26, 2014) for annual awards beginning March 2015 and prior to March 2016 to certain employees of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Dollar General Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 31, 2014, filed with the SEC on December 4, 2014 (file no. 001-11421))*
10.5Form of Stock Option Award Agreement (approved March 16, 2016) for awards beginning March 2016 to certain employees of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan*
10.6Form of Stock Option Award Agreement (approved August 26, 2014) for awards beginning December 2014 and prior to May 2016 to certain newly hired and promoted employees of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Dollar General Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 31, 2014, filed with the SEC on December 4, 2014 (file no. 001-11421))*
10.7Form of Performance Share Unit Award Agreement (approved March 20, 2012) for annual awards prior to March 2014 to certain employees of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Dollar General Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 20, 2012, filed with the SEC on March 26, 2012 (file no. 001-11421))*

 10.6
10.8 Form of Restricted StockPerformance Share Unit Award Agreement in connection with grants made(approved March 18, 2014) for annual awards beginning March 2014 and prior to March 2015 to certain employees of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Dollar General Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended May 2, 2014, filed with the SEC on June 3, 2014 (file no. 001-11421))*


10.9Form of Performance Share Unit Award Agreement (approved August 26, 2014) for annual awards beginning March 2015 and prior to March 2016 to certain employees of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Dollar General Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 31, 2014, filed with the SEC on December 4, 2014 (file no. 001-11421))*
10.10Form of Performance Share Unit Award Agreement (approved March 16, 2016) for awards beginning March 2016 to certain employees of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan*
10.11Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (approved March 20, 2012) for annual awards made prior to March 2015 to certain employees of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Dollar General Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 20, 2012, filed with the SEC on March 26, 2012 (file no. 001-11421))*

 

10.7

 

10.12Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement dated(approved March 20, 2012, between17, 2015) for awards beginning March 2015 and prior to March 2016 to certain employees of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Richard DreilingRestated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.410.2 to Dollar General Corporation's CurrentQuarterly Report on Form 8-K dated March 20, 2012,10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended May 1, 2015, filed with the SEC on March 26, 2012June 2, 2015 (file no. 001-11421))*

 

10.8

 

10.13Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (approved March 16, 2016) for awards beginning March 2016 to certain employees of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan*
10.14Waiver of Certain Limitations Set Forth in Option Agreements Pertaining to Options Previously Granted under the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, effective August 26, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.210.3 to Dollar General Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended July 30, 2010, filed with the SEC on August 31, 2010 (file no. 001-11421))*

 

10.9

 

10.15Waiver of Transfer Restrictions dated February 1, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99 to Dollar General Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 1, 2013, filed with the SEC on February 5, 2013 (file no. 001-11421))*

 

10.10

 

Form of Management Stockholder's Agreement among Dollar General Corporation, Buck Holdings, L.P. and certain officers of Dollar General Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))*

 

10.1110.16

 

Amendment to Management Stockholder's Agreement among Dollar General Corporation, Buck Holdings, L.P. and key employees of Dollar General Corporation (July 2007 grant group) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Dollar General Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 30, 2009, filed with the SEC on December 12, 2009 (file no. 001-11421))*


10.12


Amendment to Management Stockholder's Agreement among Dollar General Corporation, Buck Holdings, L.P. and key employees of Dollar General Corporation (post-July 2007 grant group) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Dollar General Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 30, 2009, filed with the SEC on December 12, 2009 (file no. 001-11421))*


10.13


Second Amendment to Management Stockholder's Agreements, effective June 3, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Dollar General Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 30, 2010, filed with the SEC on June 8, 2010 (file no. 001-11421))*


10.14


Form of Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement in connection with restricted stock unit grants made to outside directorsfor awards prior to May 24, 2011 to non-employee directors of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Company's Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (file no. 333-161464))

 

10.15

 

10.17Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement adopted on(approved May 24, 2011,2011) for Grantsawards prior to Non-Employee Directors underMay 29, 2014 to non-employee directors of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Dollar General Corporation and its Affiliates (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Dollar General Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 29, 2011, filed with the SEC on June 1, 2011 (file no. 001-11421))
10.18Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (approved May 28, 2014) for awards beginning May 29, 2014 and prior to February 2015 to non-employee directors of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Dollar General Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended May 2, 2014, filed with the SEC on June 3, 2014 (file no. 001-11421))


 10.1610.19 Form of DirectorRestricted Stock OptionUnit Award Agreement in connection with option grants made(approved December 3, 2014) for awards beginning February 2015 to outsidenon-employee directors of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Company'sAmended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Dollar General Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 31, 2014, filed with the SEC on December 4, 2014 (file no. 001-11421))
10.20Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (approved January 26, 2016) for awards beginning February 1, 2016 to non-executive Chairmen of the Board of Directors of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan
10.21Form of Stock Option Award Agreement for awards to non-employee directors of Dollar General Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (file no. 333-161464))

 

10.17

 

10.22Dollar General Corporation CDP/SERP Plan (as amended and restated effective December 31, 2007) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))*

 

10.18

 

10.23First Amendment to the Dollar General Corporation CDP/SERP Plan (as amended and restated effective December 31, 2007) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))*

 

10.19

 

10.24Second Amendment to the Dollar General Corporation CDP/SERP Plan (as amended and restated effective December 31, 2007), dated as of June 3, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Dollar General Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 1, 2008, filed with the SEC on September 3, 2008 (file no. 001-11421))*

 

10.20

 

10.25Dollar General Corporation Non-Employee Director Deferred Compensation Plan (approved December 3, 2014) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Dollar General Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 31, 2014, filed with the SEC on December 4, 2014 (file no. 001-11421))
10.26Amended and Restated Dollar General Corporation Annual Incentive Plan (effective June 1, 2012) (incorporated by reference to Appendix B to the Dollar General Corporation's Definitive Proxy Statement filed with the SEC on April 5, 2012 (file no. 001-11421))*

 

10.21

 

10.27Dollar General Corporation 20122015 Teamshare Bonus Program for Named Executive Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Dollar General Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended May 4, 2012,1, 2015, filed with the SEC on June 4, 20112, 2015 (file no. 001-11421))*

 

10.22

 

10.28Summary of Dollar General Corporation Life Insurance Program as Applicable to Executive Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to Dollar General Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2007, filed with the SEC on March 29, 2007) (file no. 001-11421))*

 

10.23

 

10.29Dollar General Corporation DomesticExecutive Relocation Policy, for Officersas amended (effective July 16, 2014) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2110.1 to Dollar General Corporation's AnnualQuarterly Report on Form 10-K10-Q for the fiscal yearquarter ended January 28, 2011,August 1, 2014, filed with the SEC on March 22, 2011August 28, 2014 (file no. 001-11421))*

 

10.24

 

Summary of Non-Employee Director Compensation effective February 4, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to Dollar General Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 3, 2012, filed with the SEC on March 22, 2012 (file no. 001-11421))


10.25


Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective April 23, 2010, by and between Dollar General Corporation and Richard Dreiling (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Dollar General Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 23, 2010, filed with the SEC on April 27, 2010 (file no. 001-11421))*


10.26


Limited Waiver of Certain Tax and Tax Gross-Up Rights effective January 1, 2013 by Richard Dreiling*


10.27


Stock Option Agreement, dated as of January 21, 2008, between Dollar General Corporation and Richard Dreiling (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))*

 10.2810.30 Stock OptionDollar General Corporation Executive Relocation Policy, as amended (effective September 22, 2015) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Dollar General Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 30, 2015, filed with the SEC on December 3, 2015 (file no. 001-11421))*
10.31Summary of Non-Employee Director Compensation effective January 30, 2016
10.32Employment Transition Agreement, dated April 23, 2010, by andeffective March 10, 2015, between Dollar General Corporation and Richard W. Dreiling (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.299 to Dollar General Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 23, 2010,March 10, 2015, filed with the SEC on April 27, 2010March 13, 2015 (file no. 001-11421))*

 

10.29

 

10.33Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, effective as of January 21, 2008,dated March 17, 2015, between Dollar General Corporation and Richard W. Dreiling (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3299 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration StatementCurrent Report on Form S-48-K dated March 17, 2015, filed with the SEC on March 19, 2015 (file no. 333-148320)001-11421))*

 

10.30

 

Management Stockholder's Agreement, dated as of January 21, 2008, among Dollar General Corporation, Buck Holdings, L.P. and Richard Dreiling (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))*

 

10.3110.34

 

Employment Agreement, effective April 1, 2012, by and between Dollar General Corporation and David M. Tehle (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Dollar General Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 16, 2012, filed with the SEC on April 19, 2012 (file no. 001-11421))*

 

10.32

 

10.35Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective December 1, 2011, by andMarch 18, 2014, between Dollar General Corporation and Todd J. VasosDavid M. Tehle (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Dollar General Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 28, 2011, filed with the SEC on December 5, 2011 (file no. 001-11421))*


10.33


Stock Option Agreement, dated December 19, 2008, between Dollar General Corporation and Todd Vasos (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3610.32 to Dollar General Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2010,31, 2014, filed with the SEC on March 24, 200920, 2014 (file no. 001-11421))*

 

10.34

 

Management Stockholder's
10.36Employment Agreement, dated December 19, 2008, amongeffective June 3, 2015, between Dollar General Corporation Buck Holdings, L.P., and Todd J. Vasos (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to Dollar General Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 27, 2015, filed with the SEC on May 28, 2015 (file no. 001-11421))*
10.37Form of Stock Option Award Agreement between Dollar General Corporation and Todd J. Vasos for June 3, 2015 award (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Dollar General Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 27, 2015, filed with the SEC on May 28, 2015 (file no. 001-11421))*
10.38Form of Stock Option Award Agreement between Dollar General Corporation and Todd J. Vasos (approved March 16, 2016)*
10.39Employment Agreement, effective April 1, 2015, between Dollar General Corporation and John W. Garratt (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Dollar General Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended May 1, 2015, filed with the SEC on June 2, 2015 (file no. 001-11421))*
10.40Employment Agreement, effective December 2, 2015, between Dollar General Corporation and John W. Garratt (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Dollar General Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 2, 2015, filed with the SEC on December 3, 2015 (file no. 001-11421))*
10.41Employment Agreement, effective November 1, 2013, between Dollar General Corporation and David W. D'Arezzo (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to Dollar General Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2010,31, 2014, filed with the SEC on March 24, 200920, 2014 (file no. 001-11421))*

 

10.35

 

Employment Agreement, effective March 24, 2010, by and between Dollar General Corporation and John Flanigan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to Dollar General Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2011, filed with the SEC on March 22, 2011 (file no. 001-11421))*


10.36


Stock Option Agreement, dated as of August 28, 2008, by and between Dollar General Corporation and John Flanigan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to Dollar General Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2011, filed with the SEC on March 22, 2011 (file no. 001-11421))*


10.37


Stock Option Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2009, by and between Dollar General Corporation and John Flanigan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to Dollar General Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2011, filed with the SEC on March 22, 2011 (file no. 001-11421))*


10.38


Stock Option Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2010, by and between Dollar General Corporation and John Flanigan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to Dollar General Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2011, filed with the SEC on March 22, 2011 (file no. 001-11421))*

 10.3910.42 SubscriptionEmployment Agreement, entered into as of March 24, 2010, by andeffective August 10, 2015, between Dollar General Corporation and John W. Flanigan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3710.6 to Dollar General Corporation's AnnualQuarterly Report on Form 10-K10-Q for the fiscal yearquarter ended January 28, 2011,July 31, 2015, filed with the SEC on March 22, 2011August 27, 2015 (file no. 001-11421))*

 

10.40

 

Management Stockholder's Agreement, dated as of August 28, 2008, by and between Dollar General Corporation, Buck Holdings, L.P., and John Flanigan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to Dollar General Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2011, filed with the SEC on March 22, 2011 (file no. 001-11421))*

 

10.4110.43

 

Employment Agreement, effective March 24, 2010, by andAugust 10, 2015, between Dollar General Corporation and Robert D. Ravener (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3910.5 to Dollar General Corporation's AnnualQuarterly Report on Form 10-K10-Q for the fiscal yearquarter ended January 28, 2011,July 31, 2015, filed with the SEC on March 22, 2011August 27, 2015 (file no. 001-11421))*

 

10.42

 

10.44Stock Option Agreement, dated as of August 28, 2008, by and between Dollar General Corporation and Robert D. Ravener (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to Dollar General Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2011, filed with the SEC on March 22, 2011 (file no. 001-11421))*

 

10.43

 

10.45Stock Option Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2008, by and between Dollar General Corporation and Robert D. Ravener (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to Dollar General Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2011, filed with the SEC on March 22, 2011 (file no. 001-11421))*

 

10.44

 

10.46Stock Option Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2010, by and between Dollar General Corporation and Robert D. Ravener (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to Dollar General Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2011, filed with the SEC on March 22, 2011 (file no. 001-11421))*

 

10.45

 

Subscription
10.47Employment Agreement, entered into as of December 19, 2008 by andeffective August 10, 2015, between Dollar General Corporation and Robert RavenerRhonda M. Taylor (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4310.4 to Dollar General Corporation's AnnualQuarterly Report on Form 10-K10-Q for the fiscal yearquarter ended January 28, 2011,July 31, 2015, filed with the SEC on March 22, 2011August 27, 2015 (file no. 001-11421))*

 

10.46

 

Management Stockholder's
10.48Stock Option Agreement, entered into as of August 28, 2008 amongdated March 24, 2010, between Dollar General Corporation Buck Holdings, L.P., and Robert RavenerRhonda M. Taylor*
10.49Employment Agreement, effective June 15, 2015, between Dollar General Corporation and Jeffery C. Owen (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4410.7 to Dollar General Corporation's AnnualQuarterly Report on Form 10-K10-Q for the fiscal yearquarter ended January 28, 2011,October 30, 2015, filed with the SEC on March 22, 2011December 3, 2015 (file no. 001-11421))*

 

10.47

 

10.50Employment Agreement, effective April 1, 2012, by andAugust 7, 2015, between Dollar General Corporation and Susan S. LaniganJames W. Thorpe (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.210.6 to Dollar General Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 30, 2015, filed with the SEC on December 3, 2015 (file no. 001-11421))*
10.51Employment Agreement, effective December 2, 2015, between Dollar General Corporation and Anita C. Elliott (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to Dollar General Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 16, 2012,December 2, 2015, filed with the SEC on April 19, 2012December 3, 2015 (file no. 001-11421))*

 

10.48

 

Retirement Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2011,
10.52Omnibus Limited Waiver by and between Kathleen Guion and Dollar General Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99 tothe Employment Agreement and Employment Transition Agreement with certain employees of Dollar General Corporation's Form 8-K dated July 20, 2011 (file no. 001-11421))*Corporation, effective January 28, 2016*

 

10.49

 

10.53Employment Agreement, effective March 19, 2012, by and between Dollar General Corporation and GregGregory A. Sparks (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Dollar General Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended May 4, 2012, filed with the SEC on June 4, 2012 (file no. 001-11421))*


 10.5012 Share Repurchase Agreement dated as of December 4, 2011 by and among Buck Holdings, L.P. and Dollar General Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Dollar General Corporation's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 28, 2011, filed with the SEC on December 5, 2011 (file no. 001-11421))


10.51


Share Repurchase Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2012, by and among Buck Holdings L.P. and Dollar General Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to Dollar General Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 25, 2012, filed with the SEC on March 26, 2012 (file no. 001-11421))


10.52


Share Repurchase Agreement, dated as of September 25, 2012, by and between Buck Holdings L.P. and Dollar General Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to Dollar General Corporation's Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 25, 2012, filed with the SEC on September 27, 2012 (file no. 001-11421))


10.53


Indemnification Agreement, dated July 6, 2007, among Buck Holdings, L.P., Dollar General Corporation, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co L.P., and Goldman, Sachs & Co. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-148320))


10.54


Indemnification Priority and Information Sharing Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2009, among Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P., the funds named therein and Dollar General Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to Dollar General Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (file no. 333-161464))


12


Calculation of Fixed Charge Ratio

 

21

 

21List of Subsidiaries of Dollar General Corporation

 

23

 

23Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

24

 

24Powers of Attorney (included as part of the signature pages hereto)

 

31

 

31Certifications of CEO and CFO under Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a)

 

32

 

32Certifications of CEO and CFO under 18 U.S.C. 1350

 

101.INS

 

101.INSXBRL Instance Document

 

101.SCH

 

101.SCHXBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

 

101.CAL

 

101.CALXBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

 

101.LAB

 

101.LABXBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document

 

101.PRE

 

101.PREXBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

101.DEF

 

101.DEFXBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

*
Management Contract or Compensatory Plan



QuickLinks

INTRODUCTION
PART I
PART II
COMPARISON OF CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN* Among Dollar General Corporation, the S&P 500 Index, and S&P Retailing Index
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (In thousands, except per share amounts)
DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (In thousands, except per share amounts)
DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (In thousands)
DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (In thousands except per share amounts)
DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (In thousands)
DOLLAR GENERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
PART III
PART IV
SIGNATURES
EXHIBIT INDEX